From 6b90cb0683a964ee11f9d5fa0de334a77f50eb9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Niklas Hauser Date: Fri, 26 Apr 2019 21:41:49 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 1/5] [ext] Remove freertos module --- ext/freertos/FreeRTOS.h | 468 ---- ext/freertos/LICENSE | 435 ---- ext/freertos/StackMacros.h | 174 -- ext/freertos/croutine.c | 380 ---- ext/freertos/croutine.h | 752 ------ ext/freertos/heap_2.c | 278 --- ext/freertos/list.c | 197 -- ext/freertos/list.h | 314 --- ext/freertos/module.lb | 46 - ext/freertos/mpu_wrappers.h | 141 -- ext/freertos/portable.h | 396 ---- ext/freertos/portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in | 124 - ext/freertos/portable/README | 45 - ext/freertos/portable/handler.sx | 148 -- ext/freertos/portable/helper.cpp | 27 - ext/freertos/portable/port.cpp | 222 -- ext/freertos/portable/portmacro.h | 177 -- ext/freertos/projdefs.h | 83 - ext/freertos/queue.c | 1539 ------------- ext/freertos/queue.h | 1270 ----------- ext/freertos/semphr.h | 717 ------ ext/freertos/task.h | 1307 ----------- ext/freertos/tasks.c | 2522 --------------------- ext/freertos/timers.c | 649 ------ ext/freertos/timers.h | 936 -------- 25 files changed, 13347 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/FreeRTOS.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/LICENSE delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/StackMacros.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/croutine.c delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/croutine.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/heap_2.c delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/list.c delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/list.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/module.lb delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/mpu_wrappers.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable/README delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable/handler.sx delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable/helper.cpp delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable/port.cpp delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/portable/portmacro.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/projdefs.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/queue.c delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/queue.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/semphr.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/task.h delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/tasks.c delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/timers.c delete mode 100644 ext/freertos/timers.h diff --git a/ext/freertos/FreeRTOS.h b/ext/freertos/FreeRTOS.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0266287fc5..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/FreeRTOS.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H -#define INC_FREERTOS_H - - -/* - * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used. - */ -#include - -/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */ -#include "projdefs.h" - -/* Application specific configuration options. */ -#include "portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h" - -/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */ -#include "portable.h" - - -/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must -conform. */ -typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * ); - - - - - -/* - * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined. - * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined - * within FreeRTOSConfig.h. - */ - -#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION - #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK - #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK - #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES - #error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay - #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS - #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG - #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark - #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES - #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES - #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS - #define configUSE_TIMERS 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES - #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API - #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB - #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0 -#endif - -#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 -#endif - -#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD - #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 -#endif - -#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1 - #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR - #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 -#endif - -#ifndef configASSERT - #define configASSERT( x ) -#endif - -/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ -#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 - - #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY - #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined. - #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */ - - #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH - #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined. - #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */ - - #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH - #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined. - #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */ - -#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState - #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0 -#endif - -#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle - #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0 -#endif - - -#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR - #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR - #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue -#endif - - -#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE - #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U -#endif - -#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1U ) - #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName ) - #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue ) -#endif - - -/* Remove any unused trace macros. */ -#ifndef traceSTART - /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file - into which trace is to be written. */ - #define traceSTART() -#endif - -#ifndef traceEND - /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been - written. */ - #define traceEND() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN - /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer - to the task control block of the selected task. */ - #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT - /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer - to the task control block of the task being switched out. */ - #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT() -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE - /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a - queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore - upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the - task that attempted the read. */ - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND - /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a - queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore - upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the - task that attempted the write. */ - #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW - #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0 -#endif - -/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */ - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE - #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX - #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED - #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE - #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED - #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE - #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED - #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE - #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE() -#endif - -#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED - #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND - #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK - #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR - #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED - #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE - #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE - #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE - #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL - #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY - #define traceTASK_DELAY() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET - #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND - #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME - #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR - #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK - #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE - #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED - #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED() -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND - #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED - #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ) -#endif - -#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED - #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue ) -#endif - -#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS - #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 -#endif - -#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - - #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS - #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base. - #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */ - - #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE - #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE - #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information. - #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ - #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ - -#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ - -#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS - #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() -#endif - -#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK - #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 -#endif - -#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT - #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 ) -#endif - -#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API - #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD -#endif - -#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned - #define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) ) -#endif - -#ifndef vPortFreeAligned - #define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree ) -#endif - -#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/LICENSE b/ext/freertos/LICENSE deleted file mode 100644 index 9df58dbc98..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/LICENSE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -The FreeRTOS.org source code is licensed by the modified GNU General Public -License (GPL) text provided below. The FreeRTOS download also includes -demo application source code, some of which is provided by third parties -AND IS LICENSED SEPARATELY FROM FREERTOS.ORG. - -For the avoidance of any doubt refer to the comment included at the top -of each source and header file for license and copyright information. - -This is a list of files for which Real Time Engineers Ltd are not the -copyright owner and are NOT COVERED BY THE GPL. - - -1) Various header files provided by silicon manufacturers and tool vendors - that define processor specific memory addresses and utility macros. - Permission has been granted by the various copyright holders for these - files to be included in the FreeRTOS download. Users must ensure license - conditions are adhered to for any use other than compilation of the - FreeRTOS demo applications. - -2) The uIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by Adam Dunkels. - Users must ensure the open source license conditions stated at the top - of each uIP source file is understood and adhered to. - -3) The lwIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by the Swedish - Institute of Computer Science. Users must ensure the open source license - conditions stated at the top of each lwIP source file is understood and - adhered to. - -4) Various peripheral driver source files and binaries provided by silicon - manufacturers and tool vendors. Permission has been granted by the - various copyright holders for these files to be included in the FreeRTOS - download. Users must ensure license conditions are adhered to for any - use other than compilation of the FreeRTOS demo applications. - -5) The files contained within FreeRTOS\Demo\WizNET_DEMO_TERN_186\tern_code, - which are slightly modified versions of code provided by and copyright to - Tern Inc. - -Errors and omissions should be reported to Richard Barry, contact details for -whom can be obtained from http://www.FreeRTOS.org. - - - - - -The GPL license text follows. - -A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a -combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide -the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section -of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details. The exception text is also -included at the bottom of this file. - --------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains -a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, -refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" -means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: -that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, -either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another -language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in -the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in - whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any - part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third - parties under the terms of this License. - - c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an - announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a - notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide - a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under - these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but - does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on - the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, -under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections - 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - - c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with such - an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - - 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Program under this License -may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding -those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - - 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any -later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - - 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author -to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free -Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes -make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals -of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and -of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN -OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES -PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS -TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE -PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, -REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR -REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING -OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY -YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER -PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - - Copyright (C) - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License** as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - , 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -The FreeRTOS GPL Exception Text: - -Any FreeRTOS source code, whether modified or in it's original release form, -or whether in whole or in part, can only be distributed by you under the terms -of the GNU General Public License plus this exception. An independent module is -a module which is not derived from or based on FreeRTOS. - -Clause 1: - -Linking FreeRTOS statically or dynamically with other modules is making a -combined work based on FreeRTOS. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU -General Public License cover the whole combination. - -As a special exception, the copyright holder of FreeRTOS gives you permission -to link FreeRTOS with independent modules that communicate with FreeRTOS -solely through the FreeRTOS API interface, regardless of the license terms of -these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting combined -work under terms of your choice, provided that - - + Every copy of the combined work is accompanied by a written statement that - details to the recipient the version of FreeRTOS used and an offer by yourself - to provide the FreeRTOS source code (including any modifications you may have - made) should the recipient request it. - - + The combined work is not itself an RTOS, scheduler, kernel or related product. - - + The independent modules add significant and primary functionality to FreeRTOS - and do not merely extend the existing functionality already present in FreeRTOS. - -Clause 2: - -FreeRTOS may not be used for any competitive or comparative purpose, including the -publication of any form of run time or compile time metric, without the express -permission of Real Time Engineers Ltd. (this is the norm within the industry and -is intended to ensure information accuracy). diff --git a/ext/freertos/StackMacros.h b/ext/freertos/StackMacros.h deleted file mode 100644 index 547a58cf14..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/StackMacros.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H -#define STACK_MACROS_H - -/* - * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped - * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the - * past. - * - * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check - * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to - * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 - * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value - * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been - * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed - * stack will always be recognised. - */ - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 ) - - /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */ - #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() - #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) - - /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of - overflow checking. */ - #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) - - /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ - #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ - if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) - - /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ - #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - \ - /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ - if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) - - #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ - \ - \ - /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ - if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) - - #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ - { \ - char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ - static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ - tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ - \ - \ - pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ - \ - /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ - if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ - { \ - vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ - } \ - } - -#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/croutine.c b/ext/freertos/croutine.c deleted file mode 100644 index fe567306af..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/croutine.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,380 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" -#include "croutine.h" - -/* - * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather - * than file scope. - */ -#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER - #define static -#endif - - -/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/ -static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */ -static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */ -static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ -static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */ -static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */ -static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */ - -/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ -corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL; -static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0; -static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0; - -/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */ -#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 ) - -/* - * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue - * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list. - * - * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be - * used from within an ISR. - */ -#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \ -{ \ - if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \ - { \ - uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \ - } \ - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ -} - -/* - * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called - * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine. - */ -static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ); - -/* - * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into - * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in - * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready - * list by the co-routine scheduler. - */ -static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ); - -/* - * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to - * see if any require waking. - * - * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - - * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired - * we need not look any further down the list. - */ -static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ); - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; -corCRCB *pxCoRoutine; - - /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */ - pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) ); - if( pxCoRoutine ) - { - /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to - be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */ - if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL ) - { - pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine; - prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists(); - } - - /* Check the priority is within limits. */ - if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ) - { - uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1; - } - - /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */ - pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE; - pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority; - pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex; - pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode; - - /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */ - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); - - /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem. - This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item - in a list. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); - - /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority ); - - /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready - list at the correct priority. */ - prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine ); - - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; - } - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList ) -{ -portTickType xTimeToWake; - - /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is - not a problem. */ - xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay; - - /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding - ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for - both lists. */ - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); - - if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount ) - { - /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the - overflow list. */ - vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - else - { - /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the - current block list. */ - vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - - if( pxEventList ) - { - /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the - function must be called with interrupts disabled. */ - vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ) -{ - /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These - are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access - the ready lists itself. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB; - - /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) ); - vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB ); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ) -{ -corCRCB *pxCRCB; - - xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount; - while( xPassedTicks ) - { - xCoRoutineTickCount++; - xPassedTicks--; - - /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */ - if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 ) - { - xList * pxTemp; - - /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are - any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */ - pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList; - pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; - pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp; - } - - /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ); - - if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) - { - /* Timeout not yet expired. */ - break; - } - - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - /* The event could have occurred just before this critical - section. If this is the case then the generic list item will - have been moved to the pending ready list and the following - line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have - been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */ - vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */ - if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) - { - vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ); - } - } - - xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ) -{ - /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */ - prvCheckPendingReadyList(); - - /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */ - prvCheckDelayedList(); - - /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) ) - { - if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 ) - { - /* No more co-routines to check. */ - return; - } - --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority; - } - - /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines - of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ); - - /* Call the co-routine. */ - ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex ); - - return; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ) -{ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; - - for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) - { - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); - } - - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 ); - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 ); - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ); - - /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the - pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */ - pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1; - pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList ) -{ -corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB; -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access - event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a - check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */ - pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); - vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); - - if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority ) - { - xReturn = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFALSE; - } - - return xReturn; -} - diff --git a/ext/freertos/croutine.h b/ext/freertos/croutine.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6801c410ee..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/croutine.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,752 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H -#define CO_ROUTINE_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h" -#endif - -#include "list.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The -control block structure however has to be included in the header due to -the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */ -typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle; - -/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */ -typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE ); - -typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock -{ - crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction; - xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */ - xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */ - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */ - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */ - unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */ -} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */ - -/** - * croutine. h - *
- portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
-                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
-                                 unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
-                                 unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
-                               );
- * - * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are - * ready to run. - * - * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine - * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB - * documentation for more information. - * - * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which - * the co-routine will run. - * - * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that - * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section - * of the WEB documentation for further information. - * - * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready - * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- // This may not be necessary for const variables.
- static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
- static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
-         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
-         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
-         // LED to flash and how long to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
-         // already been created.
-         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
-         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
-
- // Function that creates two co-routines.
- void vOtherFunction( void )
- {
- unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-		
-     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
-     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
-     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
-     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
-     {
-         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
-     }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ); - - -/** - * croutine. h - *
- void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
- * - * Run a co-routine. - * - * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able - * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is - * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one - * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task. - * - * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then - * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task - * hook). - * - * Example usage: - 
- // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
- // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
- void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
- {
-	vCoRoutineSchedule();
- }
-
- // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
- // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
- // infinite loop.
- void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
- {
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        vCoRoutineSchedule();
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ); - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
- crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );
- * - * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static long ulAVariable;
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crSTART crSTART - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0: - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
- crEND();
- * - * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static long ulAVariable;
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crSTART crSTART - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crEND() } - -/* - * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation - * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers. - */ -#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2): -#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1): - -/** - * croutine. h - *
- crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );
- * - * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time. - * - * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not - * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because - * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. - * - * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle - * parameter of the co-routine function. - * - * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay - * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by - * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS - * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine to be created.
- void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- // This may not be necessary for const variables.
- // We are to delay for 200ms.
- static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
-
-     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-        // Delay for 200ms.
-        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
-
-        // Do something here.
-     }
-
-     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
-     crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \ - if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \ - { \ - vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \ - } \ - crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); - -/** - * 
- crQUEUE_SEND(
-                  xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
-                  xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-                  void *pvItemToQueue,
-                  portTickType xTicksToWait,
-                  portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
-             )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine - * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas - * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not - * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because - * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle - * parameter of the co-routine function. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted. - * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using - * the xQueueCreate() API function. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue. - * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is - * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue - * itself. - * - * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block - * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be - * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined - * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example - * below). - * - * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if - * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an - * error defined within ProjDefs.h. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
- // a queue.
- static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
- static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
-
-    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
-    crSTART( xHandle );
-
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
-        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-        if( xResult != pdPASS )
-        {
-            // The message was not posted!
-        }
-
-        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
-        xNumberToPost++;
-
-        // Delay for 100 ticks.
-        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
-    }
-
-    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
-    crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ -{ \ - *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ - if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \ - } \ - if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *pxResult = pdPASS; \ - } \ -} - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
-  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
-                     xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
-                     xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-                     void *pvBuffer,
-                     portTickType xTicksToWait,
-                     portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
-                 )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine - * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas - * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not - * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because - * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle - * parameter of the co-routine function. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received. - * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using - * the xQueueCreate() API function. - * - * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied. - * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is - * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer. - * - * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block - * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be - * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined - * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the - * crQUEUE_SEND example). - * - * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if - * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to - * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
- // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
- static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
- static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
-
-    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
-    crSTART( xHandle );
-
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
-        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-        if( xResult == pdPASS )
-        {
-            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
-            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
-        }
-    }
-
-    crEND();
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ -{ \ - *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ - if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \ - } \ - if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ - { \ - crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ - *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \ - } \ -} - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
-  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
-                            xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-                            void *pvItemToQueue,
-                            portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
-                       )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the - * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() - * functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to - * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and - * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and - * ISR. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue - * that is being used from within a co-routine. - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto - * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call - * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in - * the value returned from the previous call. - * - * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is - * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following - * the ISR. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
- static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- char cRxedChar;
- portBASE_TYPE xResult;
-
-     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
-         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
-         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-         // Was a character received?
-         if( xResult == pdPASS )
-         {
-             // Process the character here.
-         }
-     }
-
-     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
-     crEND();
- }
-
- // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
- // a co-routine.
- void vUART_ISR( void )
- {
- char cRxedChar;
- portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
-
-     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
-     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
-     {
-         // Obtain the character from the UART.
-         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
-
-         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
-         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
-         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
-         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
-         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
-         // many characters are posted to the queue.
-         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
-     }
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) ) - - -/** - * croutine. h - * 
-  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
-                            xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-                            void *pvBuffer,
-                            portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
-                       )
- * - * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the - * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() - * functions used by tasks. - * - * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to - * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and - * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and - * ISR. - * - * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data - * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine - * posted to the queue). - * - * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on - * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and - * co-routines. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be - * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into - * pvBuffer. - * - * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become - * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a - * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise - * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged. - * - * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise - * pdFALSE. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
- // period.  The character is incremented each time.
- static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
- {
- // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
- // be declared static.
- static char cCharToTx = 'a';
- portBASE_TYPE xResult;
-
-     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
-     crSTART( xHandle );
-
-     for( ;; )
-     {
-         // Send the next character to the queue.
-         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
-
-         if( xResult == pdPASS )
-         {
-             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
-         }
-		 else
-		 {
-			// Could not post the character to the queue.
-		 }
-
-         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
-		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
-		 // from the queue and send it.
-		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
-
-		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
-		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
-		 // declared static.
-		 cCharToTx++;
-		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
-		 {
-			cCharToTx = 'a';
-		 }
-		 crDELAY( 100 );
-     }
-
-     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
-     crEND();
- }
-
- // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
- void vUART_ISR( void )
- {
- char cCharToTx;
- portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
-
-     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
-     {
-         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
-		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
-		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
-		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
-         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
-		 {
-			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
-		 }
-     }
- }
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) - -/* - * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only. - * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the - * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application - * writers. - * - * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the - * appropriate delayed list. - */ -void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList ); - -/* - * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only. - * The function should not be used by application writers. - * - * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in - * the pending ready list. - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList ); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */ diff --git a/ext/freertos/heap_2.c b/ext/freertos/heap_2.c deleted file mode 100644 index d135d8f75f..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/heap_2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,278 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -/* - * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits - * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks - * into a single larger block. - * - * See heap_1.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory - * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. - */ -#include - -/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining -all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when -task.h is included from an application file. */ -#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" - -#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte -alignment without using any non-portable code. */ -static union xRTOS_HEAP -{ - #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8 - volatile portDOUBLE dDummy; - #else - volatile unsigned long ulDummy; - #endif - unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ]; -} xHeap; - -/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order -of their size. */ -typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK -{ - struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */ - size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */ -} xBlockLink; - - -static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) + portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) % portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) ); -#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) ) - -/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */ -static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd; - -/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about -fragmentation. */ -static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; - -/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */ - -/* - * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of - * the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end - * of the list. - */ -#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \ -{ \ -xBlockLink *pxIterator; \ -size_t xBlockSize; \ - \ - xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \ - \ - /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \ - /* than the block we are inserting. */ \ - for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \ - { \ - /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \ - } \ - \ - /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \ - /* position. */ \ - pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \ - pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \ -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define prvHeapInit() \ -{ \ -xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; \ - \ - /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free */ \ - /* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ \ - xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \ - xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; \ - \ - /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ \ - xEnd.xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \ - xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; \ - \ - /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the \ - entire heap space. */ \ - pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \ - pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \ - pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; \ -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) -{ -xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink; -static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE; -void *pvReturn = NULL; - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require - initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */ - if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE ) - { - prvHeapInit(); - xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE; - } - - /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink - structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */ - if( xWantedSize > 0 ) - { - xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE; - - /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */ - if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) - { - /* Byte alignment required. */ - xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); - } - } - - if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) ) - { - /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start - (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */ - pxPreviousBlock = &xStart; - pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock; - while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) ) - { - pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock; - pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; - } - - /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */ - if( pxBlock != &xEnd ) - { - /* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure - at its start. */ - pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE ); - - /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken our of the - list of free blocks. */ - pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; - - /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */ - if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ) - { - /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block - following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is - used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */ - pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize ); - - /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single - block. */ - pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize; - pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize; - - /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */ - prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) ); - } - - xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize; - } - } - } - xTaskResumeAll(); - - #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) - { - if( pvReturn == NULL ) - { - extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); - vApplicationMallocFailedHook(); - } - } - #endif - - return pvReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vPortFree( void *pv ) -{ -unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv; -xBlockLink *pxLink; - - if( pv ) - { - /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately - before it. */ - puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE; - - /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */ - pxLink = ( void * ) puc; - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */ - prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) ); - xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize; - } - xTaskResumeAll(); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) -{ - return xFreeBytesRemaining; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) -{ - /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */ -} diff --git a/ext/freertos/list.c b/ext/freertos/list.c deleted file mode 100644 index 872b7dd0a8..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/list.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - - -#include -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "list.h" - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vListInitialise( xList *pxList ) -{ - /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the - end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted - as the only list entry. */ - pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); - - /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to - ensure it remains at the end of the list. */ - pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY; - - /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know - when the list is empty. */ - pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); - pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); - - pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem ) -{ - /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */ - pxItem->pvContainer = NULL; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ) -{ -volatile xListItem * pxIndex; - - /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list, - makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to - pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. This means it has to be the item pointed to by - the pxIndex member. */ - pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex; - - pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex->pxNext; - pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxList->pxIndex; - pxIndex->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; - pxIndex->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; - pxList->pxIndex = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; - - /* Remember which list the item is in. */ - pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList; - - ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ) -{ -volatile xListItem *pxIterator; -portTickType xValueOfInsertion; - - /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */ - xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue; - - /* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then - the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which - are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value) - get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as - the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need - to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the - algorithm slightly if necessary. */ - if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY ) - { - pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious; - } - else - { - /* *** NOTE *********************************************************** - If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are: - 1) Stack overflow - - see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html - 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3 - parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual - interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See - configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html - 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when - the scheduler is suspended. - 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or - before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing - before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?). - See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips. - **********************************************************************/ - - for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) - { - /* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the - wanted insertion position. */ - } - } - - pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext; - pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; - pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator; - pxIterator->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem; - - /* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the - item later. */ - pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList; - - ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove ) -{ -xList * pxList; - - pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious; - pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext; - - /* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list - item. */ - pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer; - - /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ - if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove ) - { - pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious; - } - - pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL; - ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/list.h b/ext/freertos/list.h deleted file mode 100644 index 01e69cbd83..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/list.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -/* - * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored - * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by - * application code. - * - * xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a - * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in - * descending item value order. - * - * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this - * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at - * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always - * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This - * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of - * the list. - * - * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next - * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer) - * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two - * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is - * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and - * the list item itself. - * - * - * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation - * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro - */ - - -#ifndef LIST_H -#define LIST_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif -/* - * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain. - */ -struct xLIST_ITEM -{ - portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */ - volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */ - volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */ - void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */ - void * pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */ -}; -typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */ - -struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM -{ - portTickType xItemValue; - volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxNext; - volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxPrevious; -}; -typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem; - -/* - * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler. - */ -typedef struct xLIST -{ - volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems; - volatile xListItem * pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */ - volatile xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */ -} xList; - -/* - * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item - * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. - * - * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) - -/* - * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is - * used to sort the list in descending order. - * - * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) - -/* - * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item. The value can - * represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at - * which a task should be unblocked. - * - * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue ) - -/* - * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given - * list. - * - * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue ) - -/* - * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will - * only have the value true if the list is empty. - * - * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - -/* - * Access macro to return the number of items in the list. - */ -#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) - -/* - * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list. - * - * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling - * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list - * and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this - * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in - * a list. - * - * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns - * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. - * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list - * item and its owner. - * - * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned. - * - * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \ -{ \ -xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \ - /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \ - /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \ - ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ - if( ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( xListItem * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \ - { \ - ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ - } \ - ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \ -} - - -/* - * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists - * are normally sorted in ascending item value order. - * - * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list. - * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns - * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. - * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list - * item and its owner. - * - * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be - * returned. - * - * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner ) - -/* - * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a - * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does - * is check to see if the container and the list match. - * - * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within. - * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list. - * @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE. - * pointer against - */ -#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) - -/* - * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members - * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a - * marker to the back of the list. - * - * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised. - * - * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -void vListInitialise( xList *pxList ); - -/* - * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to - * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list. - * - * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised. - * - * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem ); - -/* - * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in - * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order). - * - * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. - * - * @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list. - * - * \page vListInsert vListInsert - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ); - -/* - * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position - * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple - * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY. - * - * The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling - * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list. - * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item - * in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other - * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before - * the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted. - * - * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. - * - * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list. - * - * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem ); - -/* - * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that - * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function. - * - * @param vListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from - * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter. - * - * \page vListRemove vListRemove - * \ingroup LinkedList - */ -void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove ); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif - diff --git a/ext/freertos/module.lb b/ext/freertos/module.lb deleted file mode 100644 index acceed4560..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/module.lb +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env python3 -# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- -# -# Copyright (c) 2016-2017, Niklas Hauser -# Copyright (c) 2017, Fabian Greif -# -# This file is part of the modm project. -# -# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public -# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this -# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -def init(module): - module.name = ":freertos" - module.description = """\ -# FreeRTOS - -Imported v7.0.1 of FreeRTOS with custom modifications. - -!!! warning - Please be aware this version is quite outdated and modified for modm. -""" - -def prepare(module, options): - device = options[":target"] - core = device.get_driver("core") - if not core or not core["type"].startswith("cortex-m"): - return False - - module.add_option( - EnumerationOption( - name="frequency", - description="Context switch frequency in Hz", - enumeration=range(1000, 10001, 1000), - default=1000)) - - return True - -def build(env): - env.outbasepath = "modm/ext/freertos" - env.copy(".", ignore=env.ignore_files("*.in")) - env.template("portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in", "portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h") - - if env[":target"].identifier.family in ["f4"]: - env.collect(":build:cppdefines", "STM32F4XX") diff --git a/ext/freertos/mpu_wrappers.h b/ext/freertos/mpu_wrappers.h deleted file mode 100644 index a0c27234bf..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/mpu_wrappers.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H -#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H - -/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but -only for ports that are using the MPU. */ -#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS - - /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is - included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within - those files. */ - #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - - #define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate - #define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions - #define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete - #define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil - #define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay - #define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet - #define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet - #define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend - #define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended - #define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume - #define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll - #define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll - #define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount - #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks - #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList - #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats - #define vTaskStartTrace MPU_vTaskStartTrace - #define ulTaskEndTrace MPU_ulTaskEndTrace - #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag - #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag - #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook - #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark - #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle - #define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState - - #define xQueueCreate MPU_xQueueCreate - #define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex - #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive - #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive - #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore - #define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend - #define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend - #define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive - #define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive - #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting - #define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete - - #define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc - #define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree - #define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize - #define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks - - #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 - #define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry - #define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue - #endif - - /* Remove the privileged function macro. */ - #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION - - #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ - - /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */ - #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions"))) - #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data"))) - //#define PRIVILEGED_DATA - - #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ - -#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ - - #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION - #define PRIVILEGED_DATA - #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0 - -#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ - - -#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable.h b/ext/freertos/portable.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f2032d707..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,396 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port. - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef PORTABLE_H -#define PORTABLE_H - -/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */ - -#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR - #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR - #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT - #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef _FEDPICC - #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL - #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARM7 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE - #include "portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_MSP430 - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_MSP430 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430 - #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS - #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SAM7_GCC - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SAM7_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef LPC2000_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR71X_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR75X_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR75X_GCC - #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef STR91X_IAR - #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_H8S - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102 - #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3 - #include "portable/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3 - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR - #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef TERN_EE - #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_HCS12 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_MCF5235 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC - #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR - #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_PPC405 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef GCC_PPC440 - #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE - #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT - /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal - FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ - #include "frconfig.h" - #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT - /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal - FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ - #include "frconfig.h" - #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h" - typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); -#endif - -#ifdef __GNUC__ - #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__ - #include "portmacro.h" - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __ICCAVR32__ - #ifdef __CORE__ - #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__ - #include "portmacro.h" - #endif - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __91467D - #include "portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __96340 - #include "portmacro.h" -#endif - - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__ - #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" -#endif - -/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos -have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from -the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then -portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a -portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo -to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */ -#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL - #include "portable/portmacro.h" -#endif - -#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8 - #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 ) -#endif - -#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4 - #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 ) -#endif - -#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2 - #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 ) -#endif - -#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1 - #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 ) -#endif - -#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK - #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition" -#endif - -#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS - #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1 -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "mpu_wrappers.h" - -/* - * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the - * scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in - * the order that the port expects to find them. - * - */ -#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#else - portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ); -#endif - -/* - * Map to the memory management routines required for the port. - */ -void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally - * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency. - */ -portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so - * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops - * executing. - */ -void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the - * port layer. - * - * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information - * contained in xRegions. - */ -#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - struct xMEMORY_REGION; - void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* PORTABLE_H */ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in b/ext/freertos/portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in deleted file mode 100644 index fbffe0bb93..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - Copyright (c) 2011-2012, Fabian Greif - Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Niklas Hauser - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H -#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H - -#define GCC_ARMCM3 - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * Application specific definitions. - * - * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and - * application requirements. - * - * THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE - * FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE. - * - * See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html. - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1 -#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ 0 // never evaluated in our port -#define configTICK_RATE_HZ {{ options["::frequency"] }} -#define configMAX_PRIORITIES 255 -#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE 128 -#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( 8 * 1024 ) ) -#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 ) - -#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0 -#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0 -#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 - -#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0 // vApplicationIdleHook() -#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0 // vApplicationTickHook() -#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 // vApplicationMallocFailedHook() - -/* Co-routine definitions. */ -#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 -#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES 2 - -#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1 -#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1 -#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 -#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 -#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 -#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0 -#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 - -/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero -to exclude the API function. */ - -#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1 -#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1 -#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1 -#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 1 -#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1 -#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1 -#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1 - -/* This is the raw value as per the Cortex-M3 NVIC. Values can be 255 -(lowest) to 0 (1?) (highest). */ -#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY (15 << 4) -#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY (11 << 4) /* equivalent to 0xb0, or priority 11. */ - - -/* This is the value being used as per the ST library which permits 16 -priority values, 0 to 15. This must correspond to the -configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY setting. Here 15 corresponds to the lowest -NVIC value of 255. */ -//#define configLIBRARY_KERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15 - -#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */ diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable/README b/ext/freertos/portable/README deleted file mode 100644 index 7b9699935d..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ - -FreeRTOS port for STM32 microcontrollers -======================================== - -Interrupt Priorities --------------------- - -The STM32 implements only four priority bits. The lower four bits of the eight -bit priority register are unused. A lower value means a higher priority. -Therefore 0 (=0) is the highest priority and 15 (=15 << 4 => 0xf0) is the -lowest priority. - -The Kernel has the lowest possible priority 15 to make sure that it is not -interrupting any other interrupt. During the execution of an API function the -priority is raised to 11. - -TODO systick priority - -Any interrupt that calls an API function must have a priority between 15 and 11, -otherwise the system might crash. - -Interrupts that do not use any FreeRTOS API functions can use any interrupt -priority. If the priority is higher (lower value) than 11 the execution won't -be delayed by anything the kernel is doing. - -See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html > configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY -for further information. - - -Hints ------ - - - The scheduler must never be stopped! - - When calling vPortStartFirstTask() (which is called by - vTaskStartScheduler()) the stack is reset to it's original value, specified - in the vector table. This saves some bytes there but means everything - written to the stack before will be lost. - - -Port for STM32F4XX with FPU support ------------------------------------ - -Based on the work of Thomas Kindler (thomask77 on github.com) -see https://github.com/thomask77/FreeRTOS_ARM_CM4F at Nov 30, 2011 diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable/handler.sx b/ext/freertos/portable/handler.sx deleted file mode 100644 index 75a5fb68a1..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable/handler.sx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - Copyright (c) 2011, Fabian Greif - Copyright (c) 2011, Georgi Grinshpun - Copyright (c) 2016, Niklas Hauser - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h" - - .section .text - .syntax unified - .align 4 - .thumb - - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - .global SVC_Handler - .type SVC_Handler, %function - .thumb_func - .func SVC_Handler -SVC_Handler: - ldr r3, =pxCurrentTCB /* Load address of pxCurrentTCB */ - ldr r1, [r3] - ldr r0, [r1] /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */ -#if defined(STM32F4XX) - ldmia r0!, {r14} /* Pop the EXC_RETURN value */ -#endif - ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} /* Pop the registers that are not automatically - saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */ - msr psp, r0 /* Restore the task stack pointer. */ - mov r0, #0 - msr basepri, r0 -#if !defined(STM32F4XX) - orr r14, #0xd /* TODO why not needed here? */ -#endif - bx r14 - .endfunc - - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - .global vPortStartFirstTask - .type vPortStartFirstTask, %function - .thumb_func - .func vPortStartFirstTask -vPortStartFirstTask: -@ ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */ -@ ldr r0, [r0] -@ ldr r0, [r0] -@ msr msp, r0 /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */ - ldr r0, =__process_stack_top /* the inversion of msp/psp here is not a mistake */ - msr msp, r0 /* the psp is very small in the modm linkerscripts and not used */ - ldr r0, =__main_stack_top /* to de-priviledge the software currently executing */ - msr psp, r0 /* FreeRTOS uses the psp as the "main" stack, so we switch here */ - mov r0, #2 /* enable process stack pointer */ - msr control, r0 - cpsie i /* Globally enable interrupts. */ - svc 0 /* System call to start first task. */ - nop - .endfunc - -// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - .global PendSV_Handler - .type PendSV_Handler, %function - .thumb_func - .func PendSV_Handler -PendSV_Handler: - mrs r0, psp - - ldr r3, =pxCurrentTCB /* Get the location of the current TCB. */ - ldr r2, [r3] - - stmdb r0!, {r4-r11} /* Save the remaining registers. */ -#if defined(STM32F4XX) - tst r14, #0x10 /* Check for extended frame.. */ - it eq - vstmdbeq r0!, {s16-s31} /* Save the high FPU registers (will also trigger a lazy-save) */ - stmdb r0!, {r14} /* Save the EXC_RETURN value */ -#endif - str r0, [r2] /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */ - - stmdb sp!, {r3, r14} - mov r0, configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY - msr basepri, r0 - bl vTaskSwitchContext - mov r0, #0 - msr basepri, r0 - ldmia sp!, {r3, r14} /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */ - - ldr r1, [r3] - ldr r0, [r1] /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */ -#if defined(STM32F4XX) - ldmia r0!, {r14} /* Pop the EXC_RETURN value */ - tst r14, #0x10 /* Check for extended frame.. */ - it eq - vldmiaeq r0!, {s16-s31} /* Pop the high FPU registers.*/ -#endif - ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} /* Pop the registers. */ - msr psp, r0 - bx r14 - .endfunc - diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable/helper.cpp b/ext/freertos/portable/helper.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 637aa2ae3b..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable/helper.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2011, Fabian Greif - * - * This file is part of the modm project. - * - * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - */ -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "../FreeRTOS.h" -#include "../task.h" - -// This function will get called if a task overflows its stack. -// If the parameters are corrupt then inspect pxCurrentTCB to find -// which was the offending task. -extern "C" -void -vApplicationStackOverflowHook(xTaskHandle *task, signed char *taskName) -{ - (void) task; - (void) taskName; - - while (1) - ; -} diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable/port.cpp b/ext/freertos/portable/port.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 7dad0a035e..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable/port.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - Copyright (c) 2011, Fabian Greif - Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Niklas Hauser - Copyright (c) 2013, Kevin Laeufer - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port. - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Scheduler includes. */ -#include "../FreeRTOS.h" -#include "../task.h" - -#include - -/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is -defined. The value should also ensure backward compatibility. -FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */ -#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY - #define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255 -#endif - -/* Constants required to manipulate the NVIC. */ -#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e010 ) -#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e014 ) -#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed04 ) -#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2 ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed20 ) -#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK 0x00000004 -#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT 0x00000002 -#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE 0x00000001 -#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET 0x10000000 -#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16 ) -#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24 ) - -/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */ -#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 ) -#define portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN ( 0xFFFFFFFD ) - -/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting -variable. */ -static uint32_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa; - -/* - * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. - */ -//static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void ); - -/* - * Exception handlers. - */ -extern "C" -void vPortSysTickHandler( void ); - -/* - * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation. - */ -extern "C" -void vPortStartFirstTask(void) __attribute__ ((noreturn)); - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * See header file for description. - */ -extern "C" -portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ) -{ - /* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch - interrupt. */ - pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */ - *pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */ - pxTopOfStack--; - *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode; /* PC */ - pxTopOfStack--; - *pxTopOfStack = 0; /* LR */ - pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */ - *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters; /* R0 */ -#if defined(STM32F4XX) - pxTopOfStack -= 9; /* R14, R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */ -#else - pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */ -#endif - *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN; - - return pxTopOfStack; -} - -/* - * See header file for description. - */ -extern "C" -portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) -{ - /* Make PendSV, CallSV the same priority as the kernel. */ - *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI; - *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI; - - modm::platform::SysTickTimer::attachInterruptHandler(vPortSysTickHandler); - - /* Initialize the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */ - uxCriticalNesting = 0; - - /* Start the first task. */ - vPortStartFirstTask(); - - /* Should not get here! */ - return 0; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -extern "C" -void vPortEndScheduler( void ) -{ - /* It is unlikely that the CM3/CM4F port will require this function as there - is nothing to return to. */ -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -extern "C" -void vPortYieldFromISR( void ) -{ - /* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ - *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -extern "C" -void vPortEnterCritical( void ) -{ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - uxCriticalNesting++; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -extern "C" -void vPortExitCritical( void ) -{ - uxCriticalNesting--; - if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 ) - { - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - } -} - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -extern "C" -void vPortSysTickHandler(void) -{ -unsigned long ulDummy; - - /* If using preemption, also force a context switch. */ - #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 - *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET; - #endif - - ulDummy = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); - { - vTaskIncrementTick(); - } - portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ulDummy ); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required - * frequency. - */ -/*void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void ) -{ - // Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. - *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD) = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL; - *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL) = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE; -}*/ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/portable/portmacro.h b/ext/freertos/portable/portmacro.h deleted file mode 100644 index e42f804881..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/portable/portmacro.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - Copyright (c) 2011, Fabian Greif - Copyright (c) 2012, 2015, Niklas Hauser - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - - -#ifndef PORTMACRO_H -#define PORTMACRO_H - -#include - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * Port specific definitions. - * - * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the - * given hardware and compiler. - * - * These settings should not be altered. - *----------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -/* Type definitions. */ -#define portCHAR char -#define portFLOAT float -#define portDOUBLE double -#define portLONG long -#define portSHORT short -#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t -#define portBASE_TYPE long - -#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 ) - typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType; - #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff -#else - typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType; - #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Architecture specifics. */ -#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 ) -#if configTICK_RATE_HZ > 1000 -/* - this is a really ugly hack, the smallest time is 1ms here, we want 0.1ms (or whatever configTICK_RATE_HZ is). - But we do not want to divide floating point either, because that will promote the entre value to float. - The only code that uses this looks like this `500 / portTICK_RATE_MS`. - So we replace the macro `portTICK_RATE_MS` with `1 * 10` -> `500 / 1 * 10`, which only works in this case!!! -*/ -# define portTICK_RATE_MS 1 * (configTICK_RATE_HZ / 1000) -#else -# define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) -#endif -#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/* Scheduler utilities. */ -extern void vPortYieldFromISR( void ); - -#define portYIELD() vPortYieldFromISR() - -#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) do { if( xSwitchRequired ) { vPortYieldFromISR(); } } while (0) -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/* Critical section management. */ - -/* - * Set basepri to portMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY without effecting other - * registers. r0 is clobbered. - */ -static inline void portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK(void) -{ - uint32_t reg; - asm volatile ( - "mov %0, %1 \n" - "msr basepri, %0 \n" - : "=&r"(reg) /* output operands */ - : "i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY) /* input operands */ - : /* clobber list */ - ); -} - -/* - * Set basepri back to 0 without effective other registers. - * r0 is clobbered. - */ -static inline void portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK(void) -{ - uint32_t reg; - asm volatile ( - "mov %0, #0 \n" - "msr basepri, %0 \n" - : "=&r"(reg) /* output operands */ - : /* input operands */ - : /* clobber list */ - ); -} - -#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0;portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() -#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK();(void)x - -extern void vPortEnterCritical( void ); -extern void vPortExitCritical( void ); - -#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() -#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK() -#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical() -#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical() -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */ -#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters ) -#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters ) - -#define portNOP() - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/projdefs.h b/ext/freertos/projdefs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 18366faefc..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/projdefs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef PROJDEFS_H -#define PROJDEFS_H - -/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */ -typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * ); - -#define pdTRUE ( 1 ) -#define pdFALSE ( 0 ) - -#define pdPASS ( 1 ) -#define pdFAIL ( 0 ) -#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( 0 ) -#define errQUEUE_FULL ( 0 ) - -/* Error definitions. */ -#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 ) -#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 ) -#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 ) -#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 ) - -#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */ - - - diff --git a/ext/freertos/queue.c b/ext/freertos/queue.c deleted file mode 100644 index c7ed600e85..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/queue.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1539 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#include -#include - -/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining -all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when -task.h is included from an application file. */ -#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" -#include "croutine.h" - -#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */ -#define queueUNLOCKED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) -1 ) -#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - -#define queueERRONEOUS_UNBLOCK ( -1 ) - -/* For internal use only. */ -#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 ) -#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 ) - -/* Effectively make a union out of the xQUEUE structure. */ -#define pxMutexHolder pcTail -#define uxQueueType pcHead -#define uxRecursiveCallCount pcReadFrom -#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX NULL - -/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an items size of -zero. */ -#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( 0 ) -#define queueDONT_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 ) -#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0 ) - -/* - * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler. - * Items are queued by copy, not reference. - */ -typedef struct QueueDefinition -{ - signed char *pcHead; /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */ - signed char *pcTail; /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area. Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */ - - signed char *pcWriteTo; /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */ - signed char *pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from. */ - - xList xTasksWaitingToSend; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue. Stored in priority order. */ - xList xTasksWaitingToReceive; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue. Stored in priority order. */ - - volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */ - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLength; /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */ - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize; /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */ - - signed portBASE_TYPE xRxLock; /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */ - signed portBASE_TYPE xTxLock; /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */ - -} xQUEUE; -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Inside this file xQueueHandle is a pointer to a xQUEUE structure. - * To keep the definition private the API header file defines it as a - * pointer to void. - */ -typedef xQUEUE * xQueueHandle; - -/* - * Prototypes for public functions are included here so we don't have to - * include the API header file (as it defines xQueueHandle differently). These - * functions are documented in the API header file. - */ -xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Co-routine queue functions differ from task queue functions. Co-routines are - * an optional component. - */ -#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 - signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#endif - -/* - * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate - * queue structures. It has no other purpose so is an optional component. - */ -#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 - - /* The type stored within the queue registry array. This allows a name - to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little - more user friendly. */ - typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM - { - signed char *pcQueueName; - xQueueHandle xHandle; - } xQueueRegistryItem; - - /* The queue registry is simply an array of xQueueRegistryItem structures. - The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the - array position being vacant. */ - xQueueRegistryItem xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ]; - - /* Removes a queue from the registry by simply setting the pcQueueName - member to NULL. */ - static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -#endif - -/* - * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue. Locking a queue does not - * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent - * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists. If an ISR finds a - * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count - * to indicate that a task may require unblocking. When the queue in unlocked - * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken. - */ -static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE. - */ -static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue. - * - * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE; - */ -static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the - * back of the queue. - */ -static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Copies an item out of a queue. - */ -static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Macro to mark a queue as locked. Locking a queue prevents an ISR from - * accessing the queue event lists. - */ -#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue ) \ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); \ - { \ - if( ( pxQueue )->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \ - { \ - ( pxQueue )->xRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \ - } \ - if( ( pxQueue )->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \ - { \ - ( pxQueue )->xTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \ - } \ - } \ - taskEXIT_CRITICAL() -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * PUBLIC QUEUE MANAGEMENT API documented in queue.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) -{ -xQUEUE *pxNewQueue; -size_t xQueueSizeInBytes; -xQueueHandle xReturn = NULL; - - /* Allocate the new queue structure. */ - if( uxQueueLength > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) ); - if( pxNewQueue != NULL ) - { - /* Create the list of pointers to queue items. The queue is one byte - longer than asked for to make wrap checking easier/faster. */ - xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) + ( size_t ) 1; - - pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( signed char * ) pvPortMalloc( xQueueSizeInBytes ); - if( pxNewQueue->pcHead != NULL ) - { - /* Initialise the queue members as described above where the - queue type is defined. */ - pxNewQueue->pcTail = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); - pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; - pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = pxNewQueue->pcHead; - pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( ( uxQueueLength - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U ) * uxItemSize ); - pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength; - pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize; - pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; - pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; - - /* Likewise ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */ - vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); - vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); - - traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ); - xReturn = pxNewQueue; - } - else - { - traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED(); - vPortFree( pxNewQueue ); - } - } - } - - configASSERT( xReturn ); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - - xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) - { - xQUEUE *pxNewQueue; - - /* Allocate the new queue structure. */ - pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) ); - if( pxNewQueue != NULL ) - { - /* Information required for priority inheritance. */ - pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL; - pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX; - - /* Queues used as a mutex no data is actually copied into or out - of the queue. */ - pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = NULL; - pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = NULL; - - /* Each mutex has a length of 1 (like a binary semaphore) and - an item size of 0 as nothing is actually copied into or out - of the mutex. */ - pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; - pxNewQueue->uxLength = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; - pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; - pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; - pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; - - /* Ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */ - vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); - vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); - - /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */ - xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( portTickType ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); - - traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ); - } - else - { - traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED(); - } - - configASSERT( pxNewQueue ); - return pxNewQueue; - } - -#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 - - portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - configASSERT( pxMutex ); - - /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not - change outside of this task. If this task does not hold the mutex then - pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as - this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if - pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task. Therefore no - mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */ - if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) - { - traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ); - - /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to - the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required. Also, - uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as - there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the - uxRecursiveCallCount member. */ - ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )--; - - /* Have we unwound the call count? */ - if( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount == 0 ) - { - /* Return the mutex. This will automatically unblock any other - task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */ - xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); - } - - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - /* We cannot give the mutex because we are not the holder. */ - xReturn = pdFAIL; - - traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ); - } - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 - - portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - configASSERT( pxMutex ); - - /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within - xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */ - - traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ); - - if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) - { - ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++; - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xBlockTime, pdFALSE ); - - /* pdPASS will only be returned if we successfully obtained the mutex, - we may have blocked to reach here. */ - if( xReturn == pdPASS ) - { - ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++; - } - else - { - traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ); - } - } - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 - - xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) - { - xQueueHandle pxHandle; - - pxHandle = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxCountValue, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); - - if( pxHandle != NULL ) - { - pxHandle->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount; - - traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE(); - } - else - { - traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED(); - } - - configASSERT( pxHandle ); - return pxHandle; - } - -#endif /* configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; -xTimeOutType xTimeOut; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); - - /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return - statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest - of execution time efficiency. */ - for( ;; ) - { - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be - the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) - { - traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); - prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); - - /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the - queue then unblock it now. */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) - { - /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than - our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to do - this from within the critical section - the kernel - takes care of that. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the - function. */ - return pdPASS; - } - else - { - if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or - the block time has expired) so leave now. */ - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting - the function. */ - traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_FULL; - } - else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) - { - /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so - configure the timeout structure. */ - vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); - xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue - now the critical section has been exited. */ - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); - - /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */ - if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) ) - { - traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); - vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait ); - - /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the - event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now - remove this task from the event list again - but as the - scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending - ready last instead of the actual ready list. */ - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - - /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending - ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this - task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which - case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there - is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */ - if( !xTaskResumeAll() ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - else - { - /* Try again. */ - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); - } - } - else - { - /* The timeout has expired. */ - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); - - /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the - function. */ - traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_FULL; - } - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1 - - signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) - { - signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; - xTimeOutType xTimeOut; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); - - for( ;; ) - { - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be - the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) - { - traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); - prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); - - /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the - queue then unblock it now. */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) - { - /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than - our own so yield immediately. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - return pdPASS; - } - else - { - if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - return errQUEUE_FULL; - } - else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) - { - vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); - xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) ) - { - traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); - vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait ); - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - else - { - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_FULL; - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - } - -#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1 - - signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) - { - signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; - xTimeOutType xTimeOut; - signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); - - for( ;; ) - { - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */ - pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom; - - prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); - - if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE ) - { - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); - - /* We are actually removing data. */ - --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) - { - /* Record the information required to implement - priority inheritance should it become necessary. */ - pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); - } - } - #endif - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - else - { - traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ); - - /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read - pointer. */ - pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; - - /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are - any other tasks waiting for the data. */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to - the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - - } - - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - return pdPASS; - } - else - { - if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_EMPTY; - } - else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) - { - vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); - xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) ) - { - traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) - { - portENTER_CRITICAL(); - vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); - portEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - } - #endif - - vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - else - { - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_EMPTY; - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - } - - -#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - configASSERT( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); - configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); - - /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except we don't block if there is no room - in the queue. Also we don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a - queue read, instead we return a flag to say whether a context switch is - required or not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken - by this post). */ - uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); - { - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) - { - traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); - - prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); - - /* If the queue is locked we do not alter the event list. This will - be done when the queue is unlocked later. */ - if( pxQueue->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a - context switch is required. */ - *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue - knows that data was posted while it was locked. */ - ++( pxQueue->xTxLock ); - } - - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); - xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL; - } - } - portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; -xTimeOutType xTimeOut; -signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); - - /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return - statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest - of execution time efficiency. */ - - for( ;; ) - { - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* Is there data in the queue now? To be running we must be - the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */ - pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom; - - prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); - - if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE ) - { - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); - - /* We are actually removing data. */ - --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) - { - /* Record the information required to implement - priority inheritance should it become necessary. */ - pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); - } - } - #endif - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - else - { - traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ); - - /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read - pointer. */ - pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; - - /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are - any other tasks waiting for the data. */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to - the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - - } - - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - return pdPASS; - } - else - { - if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or - the block time has expired) so leave now. */ - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_EMPTY; - } - else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) - { - /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so - configure the timeout structure. */ - vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); - xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue - now the critical section has been exited. */ - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); - - /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */ - if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) ) - { - traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) - { - portENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); - } - portEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - } - #endif - - vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - if( !xTaskResumeAll() ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - else - { - /* Try again. */ - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); - } - } - else - { - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); - return errQUEUE_EMPTY; - } - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - configASSERT( pxTaskWoken ); - configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); - - uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); - { - /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. */ - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); - - prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); - --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); - - /* If the queue is locked we will not modify the event list. Instead - we update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue will know - that an ISR has removed data while the queue was locked. */ - if( pxQueue->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so - force a context switch. */ - *pxTaskWoken = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue - knows that data was removed while it was locked. */ - ++( pxQueue->xRxLock ); - } - - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFAIL; - traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); - } - } - portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting; - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return uxReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - - uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting; - - return uxReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - - traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ); - vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue ); - vPortFree( pxQueue->pcHead ); - vPortFree( pxQueue ); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) -{ - if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) - { - /* The mutex is no longer being held. */ - vTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); - pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL; - } - } - #endif - } - else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - { - memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); - pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; - if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail ) - { - pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead; - } - } - else - { - memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); - pxQueue->pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize; - if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) - { - pxQueue->pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize ); - } - } - - ++( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) -{ - if( pxQueue->uxQueueType != queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) - { - pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; - if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) - { - pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; - } - memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ - /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */ - - /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or - removed from the queue while the queue was locked. When a queue is - locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be - updated. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */ - while( pxQueue->xTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ) - { - /* Data was posted while the queue was locked. Are any tasks - blocked waiting for data to become available? */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to - the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a - context switch is required. */ - vTaskMissedYield(); - } - - --( pxQueue->xTxLock ); - } - else - { - break; - } - } - - pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - while( pxQueue->xRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - vTaskMissedYield(); - } - - --( pxQueue->xRxLock ); - } - else - { - break; - } - } - - pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ); - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength ); - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - configASSERT( pxQueue ); - xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength ); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* If the queue is already full we may have to block. A critical section - is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue - between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) ) - { - /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without - posting? */ - if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but - return indicating that we need to block. */ - vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - return errQUEUE_BLOCKED; - } - else - { - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - return errQUEUE_FULL; - } - } - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - portNOP(); - - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) - { - /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */ - prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); - xReturn = pdPASS; - - /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly - into the ready list as we are within a critical section. - Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if - the event were caused from within an interrupt. */ - if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record - that a yield might be appropriate. */ - xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD; - } - } - } - else - { - xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL; - } - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - return xReturn; -} -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block. A critical section - is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue - between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just - leave with nothing? */ - if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return - indicating that we need to block. */ - vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - return errQUEUE_BLOCKED; - } - else - { - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - return errQUEUE_FULL; - } - } - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - portNOP(); - - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - { - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - /* Data is available from the queue. */ - pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; - if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) - { - pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; - } - --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); - memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); - - xReturn = pdPASS; - - /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly - into the ready list as we are within a critical section. - Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if - the event were caused from within an interrupt. */ - if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD; - } - } - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFAIL; - } - } - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - return xReturn; -} -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) -{ - /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then - exit without doing anything. */ - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) - { - prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); - - /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a - co-routine has not already been woken. */ - if( !xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - return pdTRUE; - } - } - } - } - - return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken; -} -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxCoRoutineWoken ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If - not then just leave without doing anything. */ - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - /* Copy the data from the queue. */ - pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; - if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) - { - pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; - } - --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); - memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); - - if( !( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - - xReturn = pdPASS; - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFAIL; - } - - return xReturn; -} -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 - - void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) - { - unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux; - - /* See if there is an empty space in the registry. A NULL name denotes - a free slot. */ - for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ ) - { - if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL ) - { - /* Store the information on this queue. */ - xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName; - xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue; - break; - } - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 - - static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) - { - unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux; - - /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the - registry. */ - for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ ) - { - if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue ) - { - /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */ - xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL; - break; - } - } - - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 - - void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) - { - /* This function should not be called by application code hence the - 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is - designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements. - It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only - possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even - so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical - section. */ - - /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue. This function - will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked - list. It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which - time a yield will be performed. If an item is added to the queue while - the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the - calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */ - prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); - if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) - { - /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */ - vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); - } - prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); - } - -#endif - diff --git a/ext/freertos/queue.h b/ext/freertos/queue.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a6c86a04b..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/queue.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1270 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - - -#ifndef QUEUE_H -#define QUEUE_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include queue.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - -#include "mpu_wrappers.h" - -/** - * Type by which queues are referenced. For example, a call to xQueueCreate - * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xQueueHandle variable that can then - * be used as a parameter to xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc. - */ -typedef void * xQueueHandle; - - -/* For internal use only. */ -#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 ) -#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 ) - - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- xQueueHandle xQueueCreate(
-							  unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength,
-							  unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize
-						  );
- *
- * - * Creates a new queue instance. This allocates the storage required by the - * new queue and returns a handle for the queue. - * - * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain. - * - * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require. - * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes - * that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be - * the same size. - * - * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly - * created queue is returned. If the queue cannot be created then 0 is - * returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- };
-
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
-	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
-	if( xQueue1 == 0 )
-	{
-		// Queue was not created and must not be used.
-	}
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-	if( xQueue2 == 0 )
-	{
-		// Queue was not created and must not be used.
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ); - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToToFront(
-								   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
-								   const void	*	pvItemToQueue,
-								   portTickType	xTicksToWait
-							   );
- *
- * - * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). - * - * Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by - * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service - * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used - * in an ISR. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already - * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the - * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
-
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
-	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-
-	// ...
-
-	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-		// available if necessary.
-		if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
-		{
-			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-		}
-	}
-
-	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-		// queue is already full.
-		pxMessage = & xMessage;
-		xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBack(
-								   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
-								   const	void	*	pvItemToQueue,
-								   portTickType	xTicksToWait
-							   );
- *
- * - * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). - * - * Post an item to the back of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by - * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service - * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used - * in an ISR. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already - * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue - * is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
-
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
-	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-
-	// ...
-
-	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-		// available if necessary.
-		if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
-		{
-			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-		}
-	}
-
-	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-		// queue is already full.
-		pxMessage = & xMessage;
-		xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueSend(
-							  xQueueHandle xQueue,
-							  const void * pvItemToQueue,
-							  portTickType xTicksToWait
-						 );
- *
- * - * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for - * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not - * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros. It is - * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack(). - * - * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. - * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. - * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already - * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the - * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
-
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
-	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-
-	// ...
-
-	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-		// available if necessary.
-		if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
-		{
-			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-		}
-	}
-
-	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-		// queue is already full.
-		pxMessage = & xMessage;
-		xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend(
-									xQueueHandle xQueue,
-									const void * pvItemToQueue,
-									portTickType xTicksToWait
-									portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
-								);
- *
- * - * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and - * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly. - * - * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. - * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. - * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already - * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the - * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. - * - * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the - * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item - * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages). - * - * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
-
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
-	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-
-	// ...
-
-	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
-		// available if necessary.
-		if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
-		{
-			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
-		}
-	}
-
-	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
-	{
-		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-		// queue is already full.
-		pxMessage = & xMessage;
-		xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeek(
-							 xQueueHandle xQueue,
-							 void *pvBuffer,
-							 portTickType xTicksToWait
-						 );
- * - * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function. - * - * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue. - * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be - * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when - * the queue was created. - * - * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again - * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive(). - * - * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be - * received. - * - * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will - * be copied. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time - * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. - * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue - * is empty. - * - * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, - * otherwise pdFALSE. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- xQueueHandle xQueue;
-
- // Task to create a queue and post a value.
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-	if( xQueue == 0 )
-	{
-		// Failed to create the queue.
-	}
-
-	// ...
-
-	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-	// queue is already full.
-	pxMessage = & xMessage;
-	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- // Task to peek the data from the queue.
- void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
-
-	if( xQueue != 0 )
-	{
-		// Peek a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
-		// message is not immediately available.
-		if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
-		{
-			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
-			// by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue.
-		}
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE ) - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceive(
-								 xQueueHandle xQueue,
-								 void *pvBuffer,
-								 portTickType xTicksToWait
-							);
- * - * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function. - * - * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of - * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer - * was defined when the queue was created. - * - * Successfully received items are removed from the queue. - * - * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See - * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be - * received. - * - * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will - * be copied. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time - * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait - * is zero and the queue is empty. The time is defined in tick periods so the - * constant portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is - * required. - * - * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, - * otherwise pdFALSE. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- xQueueHandle xQueue;
-
- // Task to create a queue and post a value.
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-	if( xQueue == 0 )
-	{
-		// Failed to create the queue.
-	}
-
-	// ...
-
-	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-	// queue is already full.
-	pxMessage = & xMessage;
-	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- // Task to receive from the queue.
- void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
-
-	if( xQueue != 0 )
-	{
-		// Receive a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
-		// message is not immediately available.
-		if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
-		{
-			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
-			// by vATask.
-		}
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE ) - - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive(
-									   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
-									   void	*pvBuffer,
-									   portTickType	xTicksToWait
-									   portBASE_TYPE	xJustPeek
-									);
- * - * It is preferred that the macro xQueueReceive() be used rather than calling - * this function directly. - * - * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of - * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer - * was defined when the queue was created. - * - * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See - * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be - * received. - * - * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will - * be copied. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block - * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time - * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. - * xQueueGenericReceive() will return immediately if the queue is empty and - * xTicksToWait is 0. - * - * @param xJustPeek When set to true, the item received from the queue is not - * actually removed from the queue - meaning a subsequent call to - * xQueueReceive() will return the same item. When set to false, the item - * being received from the queue is also removed from the queue. - * - * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, - * otherwise pdFALSE. - * - * Example usage: - 
- struct AMessage
- {
-	char ucMessageID;
-	char ucData[ 20 ];
- } xMessage;
-
- xQueueHandle xQueue;
-
- // Task to create a queue and post a value.
- void vATask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- struct AMessage *pxMessage;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
-	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
-	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
-	if( xQueue == 0 )
-	{
-		// Failed to create the queue.
-	}
-
-	// ...
-
-	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
-	// queue is already full.
-	pxMessage = & xMessage;
-	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- // Task to receive from the queue.
- void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
- {
- struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
-
-	if( xQueue != 0 )
-	{
-		// Receive a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
-		// message is not immediately available.
-		if( xQueueGenericReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
-		{
-			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
-			// by vATask.
-		}
-	}
-
-	// ... Rest of task code.
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek ); - -/** - * queue. h - * 
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );
- * - * Return the number of messages stored in a queue. - * - * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried. - * - * @return The number of messages available in the queue. - * - * \page uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue ); - -/** - * queue. h - * 
void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue );
- * - * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items - * placed on the queue. - * - * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted. - * - * \page vQueueDelete vQueueDelete - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue ); - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
-										 xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-										 const void *pvItemToQueue,
-										 portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-									  );
-
- * - * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). - * - * Post an item to the front of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from - * within an interrupt service routine. - * - * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only - * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases - * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise - * errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value - * per call): - 
- void vBufferISR( void )
- {
- char cIn;
- portBASE_TYPE xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
-
-	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-
-	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
-	do
-	{
-		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-
-		// Post the byte.
-		xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-
-	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
-	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-		taskYIELD ();
-	}
- }
-
- * - * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) - - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
-										 xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-										 const void *pvItemToQueue,
-										 portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-									  );
-
- * - * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). - * - * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from - * within an interrupt service routine. - * - * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only - * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases - * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise - * errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value - * per call): - 
- void vBufferISR( void )
- {
- char cIn;
- portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-
-	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-
-	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
-	do
-	{
-		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-
-		// Post the byte.
-		xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-
-	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
-	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-		taskYIELD ();
-	}
- }
-
- * - * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendFromISR(
-									 xQueueHandle pxQueue,
-									 const void *pvItemToQueue,
-									 portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-								);
-
- * - * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included - * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not - * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() - * macros. - * - * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this function from - * within an interrupt service routine. - * - * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only - * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases - * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise - * errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value - * per call): - 
- void vBufferISR( void )
- {
- char cIn;
- portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-
-	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-
-	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
-	do
-	{
-		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-
-		// Post the byte.
-		xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-
-	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
-	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-		// Actual macro used here is port specific.
-		taskYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
-	}
- }
-
- * - * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -#define xQueueSendFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
-										   xQueueHandle	pxQueue,
-										   const	void	*pvItemToQueue,
-										   portBASE_TYPE	*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-										   portBASE_TYPE	xCopyPosition
-									   );
-
- * - * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(), - * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place - * of calling this function directly. - * - * Post an item on a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an - * interrupt service routine. - * - * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only - * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases - * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. - * - * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. - * - * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the - * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the - * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue - * into the queue storage area. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the - * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item - * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages). - * - * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise - * errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value - * per call): - 
- void vBufferISR( void )
- {
- char cIn;
- portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
-
-	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
-	xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
-
-	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
-	do
-	{
-		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
-		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
-
-		// Post each byte.
-		xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-
-	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
-
-	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.  Note that the
-	// name of the yield function required is port specific.
-	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
-	{
-		taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR();
-	}
- }
-
- * - * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); - -/** - * queue. h - * 
- portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR(
-									   xQueueHandle	pxQueue,
-									   void	*pvBuffer,
-									   portBASE_TYPE	*pxTaskWoken
-								   );
- *
- * - * Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an - * interrupt service routine. - * - * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be - * received. - * - * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will - * be copied. - * - * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become - * available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to - * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will - * remain unchanged. - * - * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, - * otherwise pdFALSE. - * - * Example usage: - 
-
- xQueueHandle xQueue;
-
- // Function to create a queue and post some values.
- void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
- {
- char cValueToPost;
- const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType )0xff;
-
-	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
-	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
-	if( xQueue == 0 )
-	{
-		// Failed to create the queue.
-	}
-
-	// ...
-
-	// Post some characters that will be used within an ISR.  If the queue
-	// is full then this task will block for xBlockTime ticks.
-	cValueToPost = 'a';
-	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
-	cValueToPost = 'b';
-	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
-
-	// ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
-	// becomes full.
-
-	cValueToPost = 'c';
-	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
- }
-
- // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
- void vISR_Routine( void )
- {
- portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
- char cRxedChar;
-
-	while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
-	{
-		// A character was received.  Output the character now.
-		vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
-
-		// If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
-		// posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
-		// pdTRUE.  No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
-		// task will be woken.
-	}
-
-	if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
-	{
-		taskYIELD ();
-	}
- }
-
- * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR - * \ingroup QueueManagement - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ); - -/* - * Utilities to query queue that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities - * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section. - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ); -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ); -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ); - - -/* - * xQueueAltGenericSend() is an alternative version of xQueueGenericSend(). - * Likewise xQueueAltGenericReceive() is an alternative version of - * xQueueGenericReceive(). - * - * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much - * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. - * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the - * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more - * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of - * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt - * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API - * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ); -#define xQueueAltSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) -#define xQueueAltSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) -#define xQueueAltReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE ) -#define xQueueAltPeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE ) - -/* - * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The - * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from - * co-routines. - * - * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and - * should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro - * wrappers defined within croutine.h. - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ); -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ); -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ); -signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ); - -/* - * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() instead of calling these functions directly. - */ -xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ); -xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ); - -/* - * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or - * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly. - */ -portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ); -portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex ); - -/* - * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to - * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add - * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle - * to be available to a kernel aware debugger. If you are not using a kernel - * aware debugger then this function can be ignored. - * - * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the - * registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0 - * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value - * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be - * created - just the number that the registry can hold. - * - * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This - * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex - * handles can also be passed in here. - * - * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the - * name that the kernel aware debugger will display. - */ -#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0U - void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcName ); -#endif - -/* Not a public API function, hence the 'Restricted' in the name. */ -void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ); - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* QUEUE_H */ - diff --git a/ext/freertos/semphr.h b/ext/freertos/semphr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a9e83fa9a..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/semphr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,717 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H -#define SEMAPHORE_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include semphr.h" -#endif - -#include "queue.h" - -typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle; - -#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U ) -#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U ) -#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U ) - - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )
- * - * Macro that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism. - * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0 - * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the - * queue is empty or full. - * - * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or - * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once - * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while - * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of - * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative - * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.  
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) { \ - ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); \ - if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \ - { \ - xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \ - } \ - } - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreTake( 
- *                   xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, 
- *                   portTickType xBlockTime 
- *               )
- * - * Macro to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been - * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when - * the semaphore was created. - * - * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become - * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a - * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block - * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided - * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h). - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE - * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- // A task that creates a semaphore.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
-    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
- }
-
- // A task that uses the semaphore.
- void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // ... Do other things.
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
-        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.	
-        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
-            // shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-
-            // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the 
-            // semaphore.
-            xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
-            // the shared resource safely.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( - * xSemaphoreHandle xMutex, - * portTickType xBlockTime - * ) - * - * Macro to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore. - * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); - * - * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this - * macro to be available. - * - * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the - * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); - * - * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become - * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a - * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If - * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will - * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime - * expired without the semaphore becoming available. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
-
- // A task that creates a mutex.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
-    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- }
-
- // A task that uses the mutex.
- void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // ... Do other things.
-
-    if( xMutex != NULL )
-    {
-        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
-        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.	
-        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
-            // shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to 
-			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
-			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
-			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
-			// a more complex call structure.
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
-
-            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be 
-			// available to another task until it has also been given back
-			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
-			// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
-			// call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
-            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-
-			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
-            // the shared resource safely.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) ) - - -/* - * xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake(). - * - * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much - * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. - * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the - * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more - * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of - * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt - * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API - * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. - */ -#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )
- * - * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been - * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or - * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake(). - * - * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for - * an alternative which can be used from an ISR. - * - * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(). - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the - * handle returned when the semaphore was created. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred. - * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is - * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the - * semaphore was not first obtained correctly. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
-    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
-            // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
-        }
-
-        // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
-        // immediately available.
-        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
-        {
-            // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-
-            // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
-            // semaphore.
-            if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
-            {
-                // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
-                // obtained the semaphore to get here.
-            }
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )
- * - * Macro to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore. - * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to - * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); - * - * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this - * macro to be available. - * - * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the - * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex(); - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
-
- // A task that creates a mutex.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
-    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- }
-
- // A task that uses the mutex.
- void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // ... Do other things.
-
-    if( xMutex != NULL )
-    {
-        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
-        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.	
-        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
-            // shared resource.
-
-            // ...
-            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to 
-			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
-			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
-			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
-			// a more complex call structure.
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
-            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
-
-            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be 
-			// available to another task until it has also been given back
-			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
-			// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
-			// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
-			// unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
-            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
-
-			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
-            // the shared resource safely.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) ) - -/* - * xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive(). - * - * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much - * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. - * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the - * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more - * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of - * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt - * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API - * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. - */ -#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
- xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( 
-                          xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, 
-                          signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
-                      )
- * - * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been - * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). - * - * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) - * must not be used with this macro. - * - * This macro can be used from an ISR. - * - * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the - * handle returned when the semaphore was created. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task - * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently - * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then - * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. - * - * Example usage: - 
- \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
- \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT	10
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
-
- // Repetitive task.
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    for( ;; )
-    {
-        // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore 
-        // was created before this task was started.
-
-        // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
-        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
-        {
-            // It is time to execute.
-
-            // ...
-
-            // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
-            // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute 
-            // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
-			// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
-        }
-    }
- }
-
- // Timer ISR
- void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
- {
- static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
- static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
-
-    // A timer tick has occurred.
-
-    // ... Do other time functions.
-
-    // Is it time for vATask () to run?
-	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
-    ucLocalTickCount++;
-    if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
-    {
-        // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
-        xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-        // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
-        ucLocalTickCount = 0;
-    }
-
-    if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
-    {
-        // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
-        // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
-        // to find the syntax required.
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )
- * - * Macro that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue - * mechanism. - * - * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() - * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used. - * - * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task - * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the - * semaphore it is no longer required. - * - * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. - * - * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be - * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the - * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt - * service routines. - * - * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type - * xSemaphoreHandle. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.  
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex() - - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )
- * - * Macro that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue - * mechanism. - * - * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the - * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The - * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used. - * - * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex - * doesn't become available again until the owner has called - * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, - * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will - * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back - * exactly five times. - * - * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task - * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the - * semaphore it is no longer required. - * - * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. - * - * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be - * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the - * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt - * service routines. - * - * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type - * xSemaphoreHandle. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
-    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.  
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex() - -/** - * semphr. h - * 
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )
- * - * Macro that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing - * queue mechanism. - * - * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: - * - * 1) Counting events. - * - * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time - * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler - * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event - * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore - * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the - * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the - * initial count value to be zero. - * - * 2) Resource management. - * - * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources - * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a - * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value - * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the - * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count - * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be - * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. - * - * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the - * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. - * - * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is - * created. - * - * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be - * created. - * - * Example usage: - 
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
-
- void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- {
- xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
-
-    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
-    // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
-    // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
-    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
-
-    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
-    {
-        // The semaphore was created successfully.
-        // The semaphore can now be used.  
-    }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting - * \ingroup Semaphores - */ -#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) ) - - -#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */ - - diff --git a/ext/freertos/task.h b/ext/freertos/task.h deleted file mode 100644 index 96ba68e474..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/task.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1307 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - - -#ifndef TASK_H -#define TASK_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h" -#endif - -#include "portable.h" -#include "list.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V7.0.1" - -/** - * task. h - * - * Type by which tasks are referenced. For example, a call to xTaskCreate - * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xTaskHandle variable that can then - * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task. - * - * \page xTaskHandle xTaskHandle - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -typedef void * xTaskHandle; - -/* - * Used internally only. - */ -typedef struct xTIME_OUT -{ - portBASE_TYPE xOverflowCount; - portTickType xTimeOnEntering; -} xTimeOutType; - -/* - * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used. - */ -typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION -{ - void *pvBaseAddress; - unsigned long ulLengthInBytes; - unsigned long ulParameters; -} xMemoryRegion; - -/* - * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task. - */ -typedef struct xTASK_PARAMTERS -{ - pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode; - const signed char * const pcName; - unsigned short usStackDepth; - void *pvParameters; - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; - portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer; - xMemoryRegion xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ]; -} xTaskParameters; - -/* - * Defines the priority used by the idle task. This must not be modified. - * - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) - -/** - * task. h - * - * Macro for forcing a context switch. - * - * \page taskYIELD taskYIELD - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -#define taskYIELD() portYIELD() - -/** - * task. h - * - * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region. Preemptive context - * switches cannot occur when in a critical region. - * - * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation) - * so must be used with care! - * - * \page taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -#define taskENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() - -/** - * task. h - * - * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region. Preemptive context - * switches cannot occur when in a critical region. - * - * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation) - * so must be used with care! - * - * \page taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() - -/** - * task. h - * - * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts. - * - * \page taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() - -/** - * task. h - * - * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts. - * - * \page taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() - -/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ -#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED 0 -#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING 1 -#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED 2 - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * TASK CREATION API - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * task. h - *
- portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreate(
-							  pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode,
-							  const char * const pcName,
-							  unsigned short usStackDepth,
-							  void *pvParameters,
-							  unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
-							  xTaskHandle *pvCreatedTask
-						  );
- * - * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run. - * - * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted - * access to the entire microcontroller memory map. Systems that include MPU - * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using - * xTaskCreateRestricted(). - * - * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function. Tasks - * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop). - * - * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task. This is mainly used to - * facilitate debugging. Max length defined by tskMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default - * is 16. - * - * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of - * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes. For example, if - * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes - * will be allocated for stack storage. - * - * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task - * being created. - * - * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run. Systems that - * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system) - * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter. For - * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter - * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ). - * - * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task - * can be referenced. - * - * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready - * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Task to be created.
- void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
- {
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		 // Task code goes here.
-	 }
- }
-
- // Function that creates a task.
- void vOtherFunction( void )
- {
- static unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	 // Create the task, storing the handle.  Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
-	 // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static.  If it was just an
-	 // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
-	 // the new task attempts to access it.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-
-	 // Use the handle to delete the task.
-	 vTaskDelete( xHandle );
- }
-
- * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ( pvTaskCode ), ( pcName ), ( usStackDepth ), ( pvParameters ), ( uxPriority ), ( pxCreatedTask ), ( NULL ), ( NULL ) ) - -/** - * task. h - *
- portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreateRestricted( xTaskParameters *pxTaskDefinition, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask );
- * - * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU - * implementation. - * - * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run. - * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access - * permissions allocated to the task. - * - * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member - * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API - * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region - * definitions. - * - * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task - * can be referenced. - * - * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready - * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h - * - * Example usage: - 
-// Create an xTaskParameters structure that defines the task to be created.
-static const xTaskParameters xCheckTaskParameters =
-{
-	vATask,		// pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
-	"ATask",	// pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
-	100,		// usStackDepth	- the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
-	NULL,		// pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
-	( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
-	cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
-
-	// xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
-	// the task, with appropriate access permissions.  Different processors have
-	// different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
-	// for full information.
-	{											
-		// Base address					Length	Parameters
-        { cReadWriteArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
-        { cReadOnlyArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
-        { cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray,	128,	portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
-	}
-};
-
-int main( void )
-{
-xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	// Create a task from the const structure defined above.  The task handle
-	// is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
-	// demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
-	xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
-
-	// Start the scheduler.
-	vTaskStartScheduler();
-
-	// Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
-	// task.
-	for( ;; );
-}
-
- * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -#define xTaskCreateRestricted( x, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ((x)->pvTaskCode), ((x)->pcName), ((x)->usStackDepth), ((x)->pvParameters), ((x)->uxPriority), (pxCreatedTask), ((x)->puxStackBuffer), ((x)->xRegions) ) - -/** - * task. h - *
- void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions );
- * - * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by - * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted(). These regions can be redefined using - * vTaskAllocateMPURegions(). - * - * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated. - * - * @param xRegions A pointer to an xMemoryRegion structure that contains the - * new memory region definitions. - * - * Example usage: - 
-// Define an array of xMemoryRegion structures that configures an MPU region
-// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the
-// ucOneKByte array.  The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are
-// unused so set to zero.
-static const xMemoryRegion xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] =
-{											
-	// Base address		Length		Parameters
-	{ ucOneKByte,		1024,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
-	{ 0,				0,			0 },
-	{ 0,				0,			0 }
-};
-
-void vATask( void *pvParameters )
-{
-	// This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of
-	// memory as defined by the MPU configuration.  At some point it is
-	// desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the
-	// xAltRegions const struct above.  Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions()
-	// for this purpose.  NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this
-	// function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task.
-	vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions );
-	
-	// Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only
-	// access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically
-	// defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere).
-}
-
- * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTask );
- * - * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernels management. The task being - * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists. - * - * NOTE: The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated - * memory from tasks that have been deleted. It is therefore important that - * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your - * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete (). Memory allocated by the - * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task - * is deleted. - * - * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises - * vTaskDelete (). - * - * @param pxTask The handle of the task to be deleted. Passing NULL will - * cause the calling task to be deleted. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vOtherFunction( void )
- {
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	 // Create the task, storing the handle.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-
-	 // Use the handle to delete the task.
-	 vTaskDelete( xHandle );
- }
-
- * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete - * \ingroup Tasks - */ -void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * TASK CONTROL API - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay );
- * - * Delay a task for a given number of ticks. The actual time that the - * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate. The constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick - * rate - with the resolution of one tick period. - * - * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * - * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to - * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called. For example, specifying a block - * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after - * vTaskDelay() is called. vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method - * of controlling the frequency of a cyclical task as the path taken through the - * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency - * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task - * next executes. See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed - * to facilitate fixed frequency execution. It does this by specifying an - * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should - * unblock. - * - * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that - * the calling task should block. - * - * Example usage: - - void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) - { - void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) - { - // Block for 500ms. - const portTickType xDelay = 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS; - - for( ;; ) - { - // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle. - vToggleLED(); - vTaskDelay( xDelay ); - } - } - - * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType *pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement );
- * - * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Delay a task until a specified time. This function can be used by cyclical - * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency. - * - * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect: vTaskDelay () will - * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is - * called. It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed - * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task - * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the - * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times - * each time it executes]. - * - * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function - * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to - * unblock. - * - * The constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick - * rate - with the resolution of one tick period. - * - * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the - * task was last unblocked. The variable must be initialised with the current time - * prior to its first use (see the example below). Following this the variable is - * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil (). - * - * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period. The task will be unblocked at - * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement. Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the - * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with - * a fixed interface period. - * - * Example usage: - 
- // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
- void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
- {
- portTickType xLastWakeTime;
- const portTickType xFrequency = 10;
-
-	 // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
-	 xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		 // Wait for the next cycle.
-		 vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
-
-		 // Perform action here.
-	 }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask );
- * - * INCLUDE_xTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Obtain the priority of any task. - * - * @param pxTask Handle of the task to be queried. Passing a NULL - * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned. - * - * @return The priority of pxTask. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vAFunction( void )
- {
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
-	 // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
-	 // it itself.
-	 if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-	 {
-		 // The task has changed it's priority.
-	 }
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // Is our priority higher than the created task?
-	 if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
-	 {
-		 // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
-	 }
- }
-
- * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority );
- * - * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Set the priority of any task. - * - * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority - * being set is higher than the currently executing task. - * - * @param pxTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set. - * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set. - * - * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vAFunction( void )
- {
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
-	 vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
-	 vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
- }
-
- * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend );
- * - * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Suspend any task. When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller - * processing time, no matter what its priority. - * - * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative - - * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one - * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task. - * - * @param pxTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended. Passing a NULL - * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vAFunction( void )
- {
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
-	 vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // The created task will not run during this period, unless
-	 // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
-
-	 //...
-
-
-	 // Suspend ourselves.
-	 vTaskSuspend( NULL );
-
-	 // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
-	 // with our handle as the parameter.
- }
-
- * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );
- * - * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Resumes a suspended task. - * - * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend () - * will be made available for running again by a single call to - * vTaskResume (). - * - * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vAFunction( void )
- {
- xTaskHandle xHandle;
-
-	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
-	 vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
-
-	 // ...
-
-	 // The created task will not run during this period, unless
-	 // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
-
-	 //...
-
-
-	 // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
-	 vTaskResume( xHandle );
-
-	 // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
-	 // time in accordance with it priority within the system.
- }
-
- * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );
- * - * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be - * available. See the configuration section for more information. - * - * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR. - * - * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend () - * will be made available for running again by a single call to - * xTaskResumeFromISR (). - * - * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied. - * - * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR - * \ingroup TaskCtrl - */ -portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * SCHEDULER CONTROL - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskStartScheduler( void );
- * - * Starts the real time kernel tick processing. After calling the kernel - * has control over which tasks are executed and when. This function - * does not return until an executing task calls vTaskEndScheduler (). - * - * At least one task should be created via a call to xTaskCreate () - * before calling vTaskStartScheduler (). The idle task is created - * automatically when the first application task is created. - * - * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating - * tasks and starting the kernel. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vAFunction( void )
- {
-	 // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
-
-	 // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
-	 vTaskStartScheduler ();
-
-	 // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
- }
-
- * - * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskEndScheduler( void );
- * - * Stops the real time kernel tick. All created tasks will be automatically - * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will - * stop. Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler () - * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned. - * - * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an - * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler (). - * - * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the - * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port). This - * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick. - * - * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the - * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application - * tasks. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
- {
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		 // Task code goes here.
-
-		 // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
-		 // so call ...
-		 vTaskEndScheduler ();
-	 }
- }
-
- void vAFunction( void )
- {
-	 // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
-	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
-
-	 // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
-	 vTaskStartScheduler ();
-
-	 // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
-	 // vTaskEndScheduler ().  When we get here we are back to single task
-	 // execution.
- }
-
- * - * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskSuspendAll( void );
- * - * Suspends all real time kernel activity while keeping interrupts (including the - * kernel tick) enabled. - * - * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute - * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been - * made. - * - * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example, - * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler - * is suspended. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
- {
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		 // Task code goes here.
-
-		 // ...
-
-		 // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
-		 // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
-		 // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
-		 // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
-		 // ticks.
-
-		 // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
-		 vTaskSuspendAll ();
-
-		 // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
-		 // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
-		 // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
-		 // tick count will be maintained.
-
-		 // ...
-
-		 // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.
-		 xTaskResumeAll ();
-	 }
- }
-
- * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
char xTaskResumeAll( void );
- * - * Resumes real time kernel activity following a call to vTaskSuspendAll (). - * After a call to vTaskSuspendAll () the kernel will take control of which - * task is executing at any time. - * - * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is - * returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. - * - * Example usage: - 
- void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
- {
-	 for( ;; )
-	 {
-		 // Task code goes here.
-
-		 // ...
-
-		 // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
-		 // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
-		 // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
-		 // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
-		 // ticks.
-
-		 // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
-		 vTaskSuspendAll ();
-
-		 // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
-		 // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
-		 // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
-		 // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
-
-		 // ...
-
-		 // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.  We want to force
-		 // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
-		 // caused a context switch already.
-		 if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
-		 {
-			  taskYIELD ();
-		 }
-	 }
- }
-
- * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll - * \ingroup SchedulerControl - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask );
- * - * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is - * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask - * is in any other state. - * - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * TASK UTILITIES - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * task. h - * 
portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void );
- * - * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called. - * - * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );
- * - * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called. - * - * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an - * ISR - provided that portTickType is the natural word size of the - * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or - * not being used. - * - * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
unsigned short uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );
- * - * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing. - * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks. A task that - * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be - * included in the count. - * - * \page uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );
- * - * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 for this function to be - * available. See the configuration section for more information. - * - * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is - * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid. - * - * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack - * usage high water mark. - * - * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or - * suspended ('S'). - * - * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details - * will be written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large - * enough to contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per - * task should be sufficient. - * - * \page vTaskList vTaskList - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );
- * - * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS must be defined as 1 for this function - * to be available. The application must also then provide definitions - * for portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and - * portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE to configure a peripheral timer/counter - * and return the timers current count value respectively. The counter - * should be at least 10 times the frequency of the tick count. - * - * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is - * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid. - * - * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total - * accumulated execution time being stored for each task. The resolution - * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer - * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro. - * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each - * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage - * of the total system execution time. - * - * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be - * written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large enough to - * contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per task should - * be sufficient. - * - * \page vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
void vTaskStartTrace( char * pcBuffer, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBufferSize );
- * - * Starts a real time kernel activity trace. The trace logs the identity of - * which task is running when. - * - * The trace file is stored in binary format. A separate DOS utility called - * convtrce.exe is used to convert this into a tab delimited text file which - * can be viewed and plotted in a spread sheet. - * - * @param pcBuffer The buffer into which the trace will be written. - * - * @param ulBufferSize The size of pcBuffer in bytes. The trace will continue - * until either the buffer in full, or ulTaskEndTrace () is called. - * - * \page vTaskStartTrace vTaskStartTrace - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task. h - * 
unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void );
- * - * Stops a kernel activity trace. See vTaskStartTrace (). - * - * @return The number of bytes that have been written into the trace buffer. - * - * \page usTaskEndTrace usTaskEndTrace - * \ingroup TaskUtils - */ -unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * task.h - * 
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask );
- * - * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for - * this function to be available. - * - * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask. That is, - * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine - * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started. The smaller the returned - * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack. - * - * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked. - * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task. - * - * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in bytes) - * since the task referenced by xTask was created. - */ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include tasks.h before -FreeRTOS.h. When this is done pdTASK_HOOK_CODE will not yet have been defined, -so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error. This can be -fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless -they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration -constant. */ -#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG - #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 - /** - * task.h - * 
void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );
- * - * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask. - * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook - * function. - */ - void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - - /** - * task.h - * 
void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask );
- * - * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask. - */ - pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */ -#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ - -/** - * task.h - * 
portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );
- * - * Calls the hook function associated with xTask. Passing xTask as NULL has - * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function. - * - * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it - * wants. - */ -portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY - * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS - * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. - * - * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative), - * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked - * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on - * a ready list. - */ -void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN - * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. - * - * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. - * - * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both - * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the - * list of delayed tasks. The task will be removed from both lists - * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and - * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or - * the delay period expires. - * - * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting - * for the event to occur. - * - * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait - * for the event to occur. This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant - * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time - * period. - */ -void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN - * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. - * - * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. - * - * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList(). - * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block - * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task - * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE. - */ -void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN - * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. - * - * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. - * - * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked - * tasks, and places it on a ready queue. - * - * xTaskRemoveFromEventList () will be called if either an event occurs to - * unblock a task, or the block timeout period expires. - * - * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task - * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE. - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN - * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. - * - * INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources and INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 - * for this function to be available. - * See the configuration section for more information. - * - * Empties the ready and delayed queues of task control blocks, freeing the - * memory allocated for the task control block and task stacks as it goes. - */ -void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY - * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS - * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. - * - * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task - * that is ready to run. - */ -void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Return the handle of the calling task. - */ -xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Capture the current time status for future reference. - */ -void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Compare the time status now with that previously captured to see if the - * timeout has expired. - */ -portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to - * taskYIELD(); - */ -void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING, - * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED. - */ -portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should - * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task. - */ -void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it - * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore. - */ -void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Generic version of the task creation function which is in turn called by the - * xTaskCreate() and xTaskCreateRestricted() macros. - */ -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -#endif /* TASK_H */ - - - diff --git a/ext/freertos/tasks.c b/ext/freertos/tasks.c deleted file mode 100644 index d48dd4dd29..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/tasks.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2522 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - - -#include -#include -#include - -/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining -all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when -task.h is included from an application file. */ -#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" -#include "timers.h" -#include "StackMacros.h" - -#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -/* - * Macro to define the amount of stack available to the idle task. - */ -#define tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE - -/* - * Task control block. A task control block (TCB) is allocated to each task, - * and stores the context of the task. - */ -typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock -{ - volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */ - - #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */ - #endif - - xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in ready and blocked queues. */ - xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in event lists. */ - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task where 0 is the lowest priority. */ - portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */ - signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */ - - #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) - portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Used for stack overflow checking on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */ - #endif - - #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting; - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< This is used for tracing the scheduler and making debugging easier only. */ - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */ - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) - pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag; - #endif - - #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Used for calculating how much CPU time each task is utilising. */ - #endif - -} tskTCB; - - -/* - * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather - * than file scope. - */ -#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER - #define static -#endif - -/*lint -e956 */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA tskTCB * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL; - -/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/ - -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList1; /*< Delayed tasks. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList2; /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxDelayedTaskList ; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xPendingReadyList; /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended. They will be moved to the ready queue when the scheduler is resumed. */ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) - - PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile xList xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but the their memory not yet freed. */ - PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksDeleted = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; - -#endif - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - - PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */ - -#endif - -/* File private variables. --------------------------------*/ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopUsedPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSchedulerSuspended = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMissedTicks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xMissedYield = ( portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xNumOfOverflows = ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( portTickType ) portMAX_DELAY; - -#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - - PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatsString[ 50 ] ; - PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */ - static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -#endif - -/* Debugging and trace facilities private variables and macros. ------------*/ - -/* - * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created. This - * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks. - */ -#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ( 0xa5U ) - -/* - * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in. - */ -#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'B' ) -#define tskREADY_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'R' ) -#define tskDELETED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'D' ) -#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'S' ) - -/* - * Macros and private variables used by the trace facility. - */ -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - #define tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ( ( unsigned long ) ( sizeof( unsigned long ) + sizeof( unsigned long ) ) ) - PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed char * volatile pcTraceBuffer; - PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferStart; - PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferEnd; - PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed portBASE_TYPE xTracing = pdFALSE; - static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPreviousTask = 255U; - PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatusString[ 50 ]; - -#endif - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Macro that writes a trace of scheduler activity to a buffer. This trace - * shows which task is running when and is very useful as a debugging tool. - * As this macro is called each context switch it is a good idea to undefine - * it if not using the facility. - */ -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() \ - { \ - if( xTracing ) \ - { \ - if( uxPreviousTask != pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber ) \ - { \ - if( ( pcTraceBuffer + tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ) < pcTraceBufferEnd ) \ - { \ - uxPreviousTask = pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber; \ - *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) xTickCount; \ - pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \ - *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) uxPreviousTask; \ - pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \ - } \ - else \ - { \ - xTracing = pdFALSE; \ - } \ - } \ - } \ - } - -#else - - #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready queue for - * the task. It is inserted at the end of the list. One quirk of this is - * that if the task being inserted is at the same priority as the currently - * executing task, then it will only be rescheduled after the currently - * executing task has been rescheduled. - */ -#define prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ) \ - if( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority > uxTopReadyPriority ) \ - { \ - uxTopReadyPriority = ( pxTCB )->uxPriority; \ - } \ - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Macro that looks at the list of tasks that are currently delayed to see if - * any require waking. - * - * Tasks are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - meaning - * once one tasks has been found whose timer has not expired we need not look - * any further down the list. - */ -#define prvCheckDelayedTasks() \ -{ \ -portTickType xItemValue; \ - \ - /* Is the tick count greater than or equal to the wake time of the first \ - task referenced from the delayed tasks list? */ \ - if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) \ - { \ - for( ;; ) \ - { \ - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) \ - { \ - /* The delayed list is empty. Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the \ - maximum possible value so it is extremely unlikely that the \ - if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass next \ - time through. */ \ - xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; \ - break; \ - } \ - else \ - { \ - /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the item at \ - the head of the delayed list. This is the time at which the \ - task at the head of the delayed list should be removed from \ - the Blocked state. */ \ - pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); \ - xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ - \ - if( xTickCount < xItemValue ) \ - { \ - /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the item \ - value is the time at which the task at the head of the \ - blocked list should be removed from the Blocked state - \ - so record the item value in xNextTaskUnblockTime. */ \ - xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue; \ - break; \ - } \ - \ - /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */ \ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ - \ - /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ \ - if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) \ - { \ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); \ - } \ - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); \ - } \ - } \ - } \ -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Several functions take an xTaskHandle parameter that can optionally be NULL, - * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing - * task should be used in place of the parameter. This macro simply checks to - * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB. - */ -#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( tskTCB * ) ( pxHandle ) ) - -/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/ -extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle *pxTask, signed char *pcTaskName ); -extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); - -/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Utility to ready a TCB for a given task. Mainly just copies the parameters - * into the TCB structure. - */ -static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called - * automatically upon the creation of the first task. - */ -static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop. - * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon - * creation of the first user task. - * - * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific - * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is: - * - * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters ); - * - */ -static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ); - -/* - * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB, - * including the stack pointed to by the TCB. - * - * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory - * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code). - */ -#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) ) - - static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -#endif - -/* - * Used only by the idle task. This checks to see if anything has been placed - * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted. If so the task is cleaned up - * and its TCB deleted. - */ -static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state. Add the task to - * either the current or the overflow delayed task list. - */ -static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Allocates memory from the heap for a TCB and associated stack. Checks the - * allocation was successful. - */ -static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Called from vTaskList. vListTasks details all the tasks currently under - * control of the scheduler. The tasks may be in one of a number of lists. - * prvListTaskWithinSingleList accepts a list and details the tasks from - * within just that list. - * - * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM - * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE. - */ -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -#endif - -/* - * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value. - * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by - * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value. - */ -#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) - - static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -#endif - - -/*lint +e956 */ - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * TASK CREATION API documented in task.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) -{ -signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; -tskTCB * pxNewTCB; - - configASSERT( pxTaskCode ); - configASSERT( ( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) ); - - /* Allocate the memory required by the TCB and stack for the new task, - checking that the allocation was successful. */ - pxNewTCB = prvAllocateTCBAndStack( usStackDepth, puxStackBuffer ); - - if( pxNewTCB != NULL ) - { - portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; - - #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */ - portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged; - if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0x00 ) - { - xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE; - } - uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT; - #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */ - - /* Calculate the top of stack address. This depends on whether the - stack grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or visa versa. - portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as - required by the port. */ - #if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) - { - pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - ( unsigned short ) 1 ); - pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ( unsigned long ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); - - /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */ - configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); - } - #else - { - pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack; - - /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */ - configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); - - /* If we want to use stack checking on architectures that use - a positive stack growth direction then we also need to store the - other extreme of the stack space. */ - pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - 1 ); - } - #endif - - /* Setup the newly allocated TCB with the initial state of the task. */ - prvInitialiseTCBVariables( pxNewTCB, pcName, uxPriority, xRegions, usStackDepth ); - - /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running, - but had been interrupted by the scheduler. The return address is set - to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised - the top of stack variable is updated. */ - #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - { - pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged ); - } - #else - { - pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters ); - } - #endif - - /* Check the alignment of the initialised stack. */ - configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); - - if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL ) - { - /* Pass the TCB out - in an anonymous way. The calling function/ - task can use this as a handle to delete the task later if - required.*/ - *pxCreatedTask = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNewTCB; - } - - /* We are going to manipulate the task queues to add this task to a - ready list, so must make sure no interrupts occur. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++; - if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL ) - { - /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in - the suspended state - make this the current task. */ - pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB; - - if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) - { - /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary - initialisation required. We will not recover if this call - fails, but we will report the failure. */ - prvInitialiseTaskLists(); - } - } - else - { - /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the - current task if it is the highest priority task to be created - so far. */ - if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE ) - { - if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= uxPriority ) - { - pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB; - } - } - } - - /* Remember the top priority to make context switching faster. Use - the priority in pxNewTCB as this has been capped to a valid value. */ - if( pxNewTCB->uxPriority > uxTopUsedPriority ) - { - uxTopUsedPriority = pxNewTCB->uxPriority; - } - - #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - { - /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */ - pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber; - } - #endif - uxTaskNumber++; - - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxNewTCB ); - - xReturn = pdPASS; - traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ); - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - else - { - xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; - traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED(); - } - - if( xReturn == pdPASS ) - { - if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) - { - /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task - then it should run now. */ - if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < uxPriority ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) - - void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being - deleted. */ - if( pxTaskToDelete == pxCurrentTCB ) - { - pxTaskToDelete = NULL; - } - - /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */ - pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToDelete ); - - /* Remove task from the ready list and place in the termination list. - This will stop the task from be scheduled. The idle task will check - the termination list and free up any memory allocated by the - scheduler for the TCB and stack. */ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ - if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) - { - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows - there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore - check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */ - ++uxTasksDeleted; - - /* Increment the uxTaskNumberVariable also so kernel aware debuggers - can detect that the task lists need re-generating. */ - uxTaskNumber++; - - traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB ); - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - /* Force a reschedule if we have just deleted the current task. */ - if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) - { - if( ( void * ) pxTaskToDelete == NULL ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - -#endif - - - - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * TASK CONTROL API documented in task.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 ) - - void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) - { - portTickType xTimeToWake; - portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE; - - configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime ); - configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0 ) ); - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */ - xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement; - - if( xTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) - { - /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was - lasted called. In this case the only time we should ever - actually delay is if the wake time has also overflowed, - and the wake time is greater than the tick time. When this - is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */ - if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) ) - { - xShouldDelay = pdTRUE; - } - } - else - { - /* The tick time has not overflowed. In this case we will - delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the - tick time is less than the wake time. */ - if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) ) - { - xShouldDelay = pdTRUE; - } - } - - /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */ - *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake; - - if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE ) - { - traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL(); - - /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding - ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for - both lists. */ - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); - } - } - xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); - - /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may - have put ourselves to sleep. */ - if( !xAlreadyYielded ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 ) - - void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) - { - portTickType xTimeToWake; - signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE; - - /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */ - if( xTicksToDelay > ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - traceTASK_DELAY(); - - /* A task that is removed from the event list while the - scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready - list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler - is resumed. - - This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently - executing task. */ - - /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is - not a problem. */ - xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToDelay; - - /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding - ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for - both lists. */ - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); - } - xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); - } - - /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may - have put ourselves to sleep. */ - if( !xAlreadyYielded ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 ) - - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the - priority of the calling function. */ - pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask ); - uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return uxReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 ) - - void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentPriority; - portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; - - configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) ); - - /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */ - if( uxNewPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES ) - { - uxNewPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; - } - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - if( pxTask == pxCurrentTCB ) - { - pxTask = NULL; - } - - /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the - priority of the calling function. */ - pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask ); - - traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ); - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority; - } - #else - { - uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority; - } - #endif - - if( uxCurrentPriority != uxNewPriority ) - { - /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher - priority than the calling task. */ - if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentPriority ) - { - if( pxTask != NULL ) - { - /* The priority of another task is being raised. If we - were raising the priority of the currently running task - there would be no need to switch as it must have already - been the highest priority task. */ - xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; - } - } - else if( pxTask == NULL ) - { - /* Setting our own priority down means there may now be another - task of higher priority that is ready to execute. */ - xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; - } - - - - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not - currently using an inherited priority. */ - if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority ) - { - pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority; - } - - /* The base priority gets set whatever. */ - pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority; - } - #else - { - pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority; - } - #endif - - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxNewPriority ) ); - - /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do - nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if - the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed - in the queue appropriate to its new priority. */ - if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxCurrentPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) - { - /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding - it to it's new ready list. As we are in a critical section we - can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); - } - - if( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) - { - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - - void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being - suspended. */ - if( pxTaskToSuspend == pxCurrentTCB ) - { - pxTaskToSuspend = NULL; - } - - /* If null is passed in here then we are suspending ourselves. */ - pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToSuspend ); - - traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB ); - - /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the suspended list. */ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ - if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) - { - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - if( ( void * ) pxTaskToSuspend == NULL ) - { - if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) - { - /* We have just suspended the current task. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - else - { - /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed - to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB - must be adjusted to point to a different task. */ - if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) - { - /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to - NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will - be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority - is. */ - pxCurrentTCB = NULL; - } - else - { - vTaskSwitchContext(); - } - } - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - - signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE; - const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; - - /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */ - configASSERT( xTask ); - - /* Is the task we are attempting to resume actually in the - suspended list? */ - if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */ - if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdTRUE ) - { - /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the - Suspended state? It is possible to be in the suspended - list because it is blocked on a task with no timeout - specified. */ - if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdTRUE ) - { - xReturn = pdTRUE; - } - } - } - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - - void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - - /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */ - configASSERT( pxTaskToResume ); - - /* Remove the task from whichever list it is currently in, and place - it in the ready list. */ - pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume; - - /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the - currently executing task. */ - if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) ) - { - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE ) - { - traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB ); - - /* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready - lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); - - /* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */ - if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) - { - /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run, but - will leave the lists in the correct state for the next yield. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - } - -#endif - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) - - portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; - tskTCB *pxTCB; - - configASSERT( pxTaskToResume ); - - pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume; - - if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE ) - { - traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB ); - - if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) - { - xYieldRequired = ( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); - } - else - { - /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this - task pending until the scheduler is resumed, at which point a - yield will be performed if necessary. */ - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - } - - return xYieldRequired; - } - -#endif - - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * PUBLIC SCHEDULER CONTROL documented in task.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) -{ -portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */ - xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL ); - - #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) - { - if( xReturn == pdPASS ) - { - xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask(); - } - } - #endif - - if( xReturn == pdPASS ) - { - /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur - before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler(). The stacks of - the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on - so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task - starts to run. - - STEPPING THROUGH HERE USING A DEBUGGER CAN CAUSE BIG PROBLEMS IF THE - DEBUGGER ALLOWS INTERRUPTS TO BE PROCESSED. */ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE; - xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0; - - /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following - macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate - the run time counter time base. */ - portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS(); - - /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the - portable interface. */ - if( xPortStartScheduler() ) - { - /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the - function will not return. */ - } - else - { - /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */ - } - } - - /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started. */ - configASSERT( xReturn ); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) -{ - /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end - routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary. The port - layer must ensure interrupts enable bit is left in the correct state. */ - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE; - vPortEndScheduler(); -} -/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) -{ - /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type - portBASE_TYPE. */ - ++uxSchedulerSuspended; -} -/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) -{ -register tskTCB *pxTCB; -signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE; - - /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a - previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */ - configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended ); - - /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event - list while the scheduler was suspended. If this was the case then the - removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList. Once the - scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready - tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - --uxSchedulerSuspended; - - if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) - { - if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; - - /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the - appropriate ready list. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) ); - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); - - /* If we have moved a task that has a priority higher than - the current task then we should yield. */ - if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) - { - xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; - } - } - - /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then - they should be processed now. This ensures the tick count does not - slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct time. */ - if( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - while( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - vTaskIncrementTick(); - --uxMissedTicks; - } - - /* As we have processed some ticks it is appropriate to yield - to ensure the highest priority task that is ready to run is - the task actually running. */ - #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 - { - xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; - } - #endif - } - - if( ( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) || ( xMissedYield == pdTRUE ) ) - { - xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE; - xMissedYield = pdFALSE; - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xAlreadyYielded; -} - - - - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * PUBLIC TASK UTILITIES documented in task.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) -{ -portTickType xTicks; - - /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - xTicks = xTickCount; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xTicks; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) -{ -portTickType xReturn; -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; - - uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); - xReturn = xTickCount; - portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) -{ - /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type - portBASE_TYPE. */ - return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) - { - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue; - - /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only. - It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */ - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB and - report the task name, state and stack high water mark. */ - - *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00; - strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" ); - - uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; - - do - { - uxQueue--; - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), tskREADY_CHAR ); - } - }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR ); - } - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR ); - } - - #if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, tskDELETED_CHAR ); - } - } - #endif - - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ); - } - } - #endif - } - xTaskResumeAll(); - } - -#endif -/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - - void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) - { - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue; - unsigned long ulTotalRunTime; - - /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only. - It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */ - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE - portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime ); - #else - ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(); - #endif - - /* Divide ulTotalRunTime by 100 to make the percentage caluclations - simpler in the prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList() function. */ - ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL; - - /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB, - generating a table of run timer percentages in the provided - buffer. */ - - *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00; - strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" ); - - uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; - - do - { - uxQueue--; - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), ulTotalRunTime ); - } - }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime ); - } - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime ); - } - - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, ulTotalRunTime ); - } - } - #endif - - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - { - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime ); - } - } - #endif - } - xTaskResumeAll(); - } - -#endif -/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) - { - configASSERT( pcBuffer ); - configASSERT( ulBufferSize ); - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - pcTraceBuffer = ( signed char * )pcBuffer; - pcTraceBufferStart = pcBuffer; - pcTraceBufferEnd = pcBuffer + ( ulBufferSize - tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ); - xTracing = pdTRUE; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - -#endif -/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) - { - unsigned long ulBufferLength; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - xTracing = pdFALSE; - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - ulBufferLength = ( unsigned long ) ( pcTraceBuffer - pcTraceBufferStart ); - - return ulBufferLength; - } - -#endif - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES - * documented in task.h - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) -{ -tskTCB * pxTCB; - - /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs. - Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any - tasks to be unblocked. */ - if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) - { - ++xTickCount; - if( xTickCount == ( portTickType ) 0 ) - { - xList *pxTemp; - - /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. - If there are any items in pxDelayedTaskList here then there is - an error! */ - configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) ); - - pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList; - pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; - pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp; - xNumOfOverflows++; - - if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) - { - /* The new current delayed list is empty. Set - xNextTaskUnblockTime to the maximum possible value so it is - extremely unlikely that the - if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until - there is an item in the delayed list. */ - xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; - } - else - { - /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of - the item at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at - which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed - from the Blocked state. */ - pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); - xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - } - - /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ - prvCheckDelayedTasks(); - } - else - { - ++uxMissedTicks; - - /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the - scheduler is locked. */ - #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 ) - { - vApplicationTickHook(); - } - #endif - } - - #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 ) - { - /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the missed tick - count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked. */ - if( uxMissedTicks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) - { - vApplicationTickHook(); - } - } - #endif - - traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) - - void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) - { - unsigned short usQueue; - volatile tskTCB *pxTCB; - - usQueue = ( unsigned short ) uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned short ) 1; - - /* Remove any TCB's from the ready queues. */ - do - { - usQueue--; - - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ); - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); - } - }while( usQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); - - /* Remove any TCB's from the delayed queue. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList1 ) == pdFALSE ) - { - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList1 ); - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); - } - - /* Remove any TCB's from the overflow delayed queue. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList2 ) == pdFALSE ) - { - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList2 ); - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); - } - - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xSuspendedTaskList ); - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB ); - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) - - void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) - { - tskTCB *xTCB; - - /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */ - if( xTask == NULL ) - { - xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; - } - else - { - xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; - } - - /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as - the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction; - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) - - pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) - { - tskTCB *xTCB; - pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xReturn; - - /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */ - if( xTask == NULL ) - { - xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; - } - else - { - xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; - } - - /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as - the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag; - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) - - portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) - { - tskTCB *xTCB; - portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */ - if( xTask == NULL ) - { - xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; - } - else - { - xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; - } - - if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL ) - { - xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter ); - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFAIL; - } - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) -{ - if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) - { - /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context - switch. */ - xMissedYield = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT(); - - #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - { - unsigned long ulTempCounter; - - #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE - portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTempCounter ); - #else - ulTempCounter = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(); - #endif - - /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the accumulated - time so far. The time the task started running was stored in - ulTaskSwitchedInTime. Note that there is no overflow protection here - so count values are only valid until the timer overflows. Generally - this will be about 1 hour assuming a 1uS timer increment. */ - pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTempCounter - ulTaskSwitchedInTime ); - ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTempCounter; - } - #endif - - taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW(); - taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW(); - - /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ) ) - { - configASSERT( uxTopReadyPriority ); - --uxTopReadyPriority; - } - - /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the tasks of the - same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ); - - traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN(); - vWriteTraceToBuffer(); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) -{ -portTickType xTimeToWake; - - configASSERT( pxEventList ); - - /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE - SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */ - - /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list. - This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task - is the first to be woken by the event. */ - vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - - /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding ourselves - to the blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. We have - exclusive access to the ready lists as the scheduler is locked. */ - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - { - if( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) - { - /* Add ourselves to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task - list to ensure we are not woken by a timing event. We will block - indefinitely. */ - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - else - { - /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does - not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ - xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; - prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); - } - } - #else - { - /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does - not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ - xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; - prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); - } - #endif -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 - - void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) - { - portTickType xTimeToWake; - - configASSERT( pxEventList ); - - /* This function should not be called by application code hence the - 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is - designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements - - it should be called from a critical section. */ - - - /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list. - In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to - be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function - can be used in place of vListInsert. */ - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - - /* We must remove this task from the ready list before adding it to the - blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. This - function is called form a critical section. */ - vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does - not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ - xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; - prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); - } - -#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) -{ -tskTCB *pxUnblockedTCB; -portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE - SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. It can also be called from within an ISR. */ - - /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so we can remove the - first in the list, remove the TCB from the delayed list, and add - it to the ready list. - - If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never - get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead. This - means we can always expect exclusive access to the event list here. - - This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that - pxEventList is not empty. */ - pxUnblockedTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); - configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB ); - vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - - if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) - { - vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedTCB ); - } - else - { - /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this - task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */ - vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - } - - if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) - { - /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has - a higher priority than the calling task. This allows - the calling task to know if it should force a context - switch now. */ - xReturn = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - xReturn = pdFALSE; - } - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) -{ - configASSERT( pxTimeOut ); - pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows; - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) -{ -portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - configASSERT( pxTimeOut ); - configASSERT( pxTicksToWait ); - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time specified is - the maximum block time then the task should block indefinitely, and - therefore never time out. */ - if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) - { - xReturn = pdFALSE; - } - else /* We are not blocking indefinitely, perform the checks below. */ - #endif - - if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount >= ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) - { - /* The tick count is greater than the time at which vTaskSetTimeout() - was called, but has also overflowed since vTaskSetTimeOut() was called. - It must have wrapped all the way around and gone past us again. This - passed since vTaskSetTimeout() was called. */ - xReturn = pdTRUE; - } - else if( ( ( portTickType ) ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) < ( portTickType ) *pxTicksToWait ) - { - /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */ - *pxTicksToWait -= ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ); - vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut ); - xReturn = pdFALSE; - } - else - { - xReturn = pdTRUE; - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void vTaskMissedYield( void ) -{ - xMissedYield = pdTRUE; -} - -/* - * ----------------------------------------------------------- - * The Idle task. - * ---------------------------------------------------------- - * - * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific - * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is: - * - * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters ); - * - */ -static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ) -{ - /* Stop warnings. */ - ( void ) pvParameters; - - for( ;; ) - { - /* See if any tasks have been deleted. */ - prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination(); - - #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 ) - { - /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to - see if any other task has become available. If we are using - preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available - will automatically get the processor anyway. */ - taskYIELD(); - } - #endif - - #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) - { - /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be - timesliced. If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready - to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the - timeslice. - - A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from - the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter. If - the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task - then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */ - if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) - { - taskYIELD(); - } - } - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 ) - { - extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void ); - - /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task. This - allows the application designer to add background functionality - without the overhead of a separate task. - NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, - CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */ - vApplicationIdleHook(); - } - #endif - } -} /*lint !e715 pvParameters is not accessed but all task functions require the same prototype. */ - - - - - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * File private functions documented at the top of the file. - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) -{ - /* Store the function name in the TCB. */ - #if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN > 1 - { - /* Don't bring strncpy into the build unnecessarily. */ - strncpy( ( char * ) pxTCB->pcTaskName, ( const char * ) pcName, ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ); - } - #endif - pxTCB->pcTaskName[ ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - ( unsigned short ) 1 ] = ( signed char ) '\0'; - - /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. First - remove the privilege bit if one is present. */ - if( uxPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES ) - { - uxPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; - } - - pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority; - #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - { - pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority; - } - #endif - - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); - - /* Set the pxTCB as a link back from the xListItem. This is so we can get - back to the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ), pxTCB ); - - /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority ); - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), pxTCB ); - - #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) - { - pxTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; - } - #endif - - #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) - { - pxTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL; - } - #endif - - #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - { - pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL; - } - #endif - - #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - { - vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxTCB->pxStack, usStackDepth ); - } - #else - { - ( void ) xRegions; - ( void ) usStackDepth; - } - #endif -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) - - void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTaskToModify, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - - if( xTaskToModify == pxCurrentTCB ) - { - xTaskToModify = NULL; - } - - /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */ - pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify ); - - vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 ); - } - /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -#endif - -static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) -{ -unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; - - for( uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) - { - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); - } - - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList1 ); - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList2 ); - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ); - - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) - { - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ); - } - #endif - - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) - { - vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList ); - } - #endif - - /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList - using list2. */ - pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1; - pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) -{ - #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xListIsEmpty; - - /* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called - too often in the idle task. */ - if( uxTasksDeleted > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) - { - vTaskSuspendAll(); - xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ); - xTaskResumeAll(); - - if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; - --uxTasksDeleted; - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB ); - } - } - } - #endif -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) -{ - /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); - - if( xTimeToWake < xTickCount ) - { - /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the overflow list. */ - vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - } - else - { - /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the current block list. */ - vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the - list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated - too. */ - if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime ) - { - xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake; - } - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) -{ -tskTCB *pxNewTCB; - - /* Allocate space for the TCB. Where the memory comes from depends on - the implementation of the port malloc function. */ - pxNewTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( tskTCB ) ); - - if( pxNewTCB != NULL ) - { - /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. - The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can - be deleted later if required. */ - pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) pvPortMallocAligned( ( ( ( size_t )usStackDepth ) * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ), puxStackBuffer ); - - if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL ) - { - /* Could not allocate the stack. Delete the allocated TCB. */ - vPortFree( pxNewTCB ); - pxNewTCB = NULL; - } - else - { - /* Just to help debugging. */ - memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, usStackDepth * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ); - } - } - - return pxNewTCB; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) - - static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) - { - volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB; - unsigned short usStackRemaining; - - /* Write the details of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */ - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); - do - { - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); - #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) - { - usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxEndOfStack ); - } - #else - { - usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxStack ); - } - #endif - - sprintf( pcStatusString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxPriority, usStackRemaining, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxTCBNumber ); - strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatusString ); - - } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB ); - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) - - static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) - { - volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB; - unsigned long ulStatsAsPercentage; - - /* Write the run time stats of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */ - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); - do - { - /* Get next TCB in from the list. */ - listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); - - /* Divide by zero check. */ - if( ulTotalRunTime > 0UL ) - { - /* Has the task run at all? */ - if( pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter == 0 ) - { - /* The task has used no CPU time at all. */ - sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t0\t\t0%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName ); - } - else - { - /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used? - This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer. - ulTotalRunTime has already been divided by 100. */ - ulStatsAsPercentage = pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime; - - if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL ) - { - #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED - { - sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage ); - } - #else - { - /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller - printf() library can be used. */ - sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); - } - #endif - } - else - { - /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has - consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */ - #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED - { - sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter ); - } - #else - { - /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller - printf() library can be used. */ - sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter ); - } - #endif - } - } - - strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatsString ); - } - - } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB ); - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) - - static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) - { - register unsigned short usCount = 0; - - while( *pucStackByte == tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ) - { - pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH; - usCount++; - } - - usCount /= sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ); - - return usCount; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) - - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) - { - tskTCB *pxTCB; - unsigned char *pcEndOfStack; - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; - - pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask ); - - #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 - { - pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxStack; - } - #else - { - pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack; - } - #endif - - uxReturn = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pcEndOfStack ); - - return uxReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) ) - - static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) - { - /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task. It is up to - the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */ - vPortFreeAligned( pxTCB->pxStack ); - vPortFree( pxTCB ); - } - -#endif - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) - - xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) - { - xTaskHandle xReturn; - - /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from - an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any - individual execution thread. */ - xReturn = pxCurrentTCB; - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) - - portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) - { - portBASE_TYPE xReturn; - - if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE ) - { - xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED; - } - else - { - if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) - { - xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING; - } - else - { - xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED; - } - } - - return xReturn; - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - - void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) - { - tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder; - - configASSERT( pxMutexHolder ); - - if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) - { - /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new priority. */ - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); - - /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need to - be moved in to a new list. */ - if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) - { - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */ - pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority; - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); - } - else - { - /* Just inherit the priority. */ - pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority; - } - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) - - void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) - { - tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder; - - if( pxMutexHolder != NULL ) - { - if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority ) - { - /* We must be the running task to be able to give the mutex back. - Remove ourselves from the ready list we currently appear in. */ - vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); - - /* Disinherit the priority before adding ourselves into the new - ready list. */ - pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority; - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); - prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); - } - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) - - void vTaskEnterCritical( void ) - { - portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - - if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) - { - ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++; - } - } - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) - -void vTaskExitCritical( void ) -{ - if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) - { - if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0 ) - { - ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--; - - if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0 ) - { - portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); - } - } - } -} - -#endif -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - - diff --git a/ext/freertos/timers.c b/ext/freertos/timers.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1dd7555a0f..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/timers.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,649 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - -/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining -all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when -task.h is included from an application file. */ -#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -#include "FreeRTOS.h" -#include "task.h" -#include "queue.h" -#include "timers.h" - -#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE - -/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured -to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom -of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure -configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ -#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) - -/* Misc definitions. */ -#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U - -/* The definition of the timers themselves. */ -typedef struct tmrTimerControl -{ - const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ - xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */ - portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */ - unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */ - void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */ - tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */ -} xTIMER; - -/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer -queue. */ -typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage -{ - portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */ - portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */ - xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */ -} xTIMER_MESSAGE; - - -/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire -time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the -timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList; -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList; - -/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */ -PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL; - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* - * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not - * been initialised already. - */ -static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this - * task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the - * xTimerQueue queue. - */ -static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it - * received on the timer queue. - */ -static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2, - * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow. - */ -static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an - * auto reload timer, then call its callback. - */ -static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the - * current timer list does not still reference some timers. - */ -static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE - * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called. - */ -static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of - * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the - * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty - * to pdTRUE. - */ -static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/* - * If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task - * until either a timer does expire or a command is received. - */ -static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) -{ -portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL; - - /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if - configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the - timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already - been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */ - prvCheckForValidListAndQueue(); - - if( xTimerQueue != NULL ) - { - xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL); - } - - configASSERT( xReturn ); - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) -{ -xTIMER *pxNewTimer; - - /* Allocate the timer structure. */ - if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U ) - { - pxNewTimer = NULL; - configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) ); - } - else - { - pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) ); - if( pxNewTimer != NULL ) - { - /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been - created/initialised. */ - prvCheckForValidListAndQueue(); - - /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */ - pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName; - pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks; - pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload; - pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID; - pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction; - vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - - traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ); - } - else - { - traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED(); - } - } - - return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) -{ -portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL; -xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage; - - /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action - on a particular timer definition. */ - if( xTimerQueue != NULL ) - { - /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */ - xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID; - xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue; - xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; - - if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL ) - { - if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING ) - { - xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime ); - } - else - { - xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ); - } - } - else - { - xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); - } - - traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn ); - } - - return xReturn; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) -{ -xTIMER *pxTimer; -portBASE_TYPE xResult; - - /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already - been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */ - pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); - vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ); - - /* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next - expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */ - if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) - { - /* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using - a time relative to anything other than the current time. It - will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to - the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to - switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in - the timer queue. */ - if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE ) - { - /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer - list. Reload it now. */ - xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); - configASSERT( xResult ); - ( void ) xResult; - } - } - - /* Call the timer callback. */ - pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) -{ -portTickType xNextExpireTime; -portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty; - - /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */ - ( void ) pvParameters; - - for( ;; ) - { - /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so, - obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */ - xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty ); - - /* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task - until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */ - prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty ); - - /* Empty the command queue. */ - prvProcessReceivedCommands(); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) -{ -portTickType xTimeNow; -portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched; - - vTaskSuspendAll(); - { - /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer - has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch - then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list - when the lists were switched will have been processed within the - prvSampelTimeNow() function. */ - xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched ); - if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE ) - { - /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */ - if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) ) - { - xTaskResumeAll(); - prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow ); - } - else - { - /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire - time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore - block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be - received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot - be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the - case when the current timer list is empty. */ - vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) ); - - if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE ) - { - /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time - to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being - exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task - to block. */ - portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); - } - } - } - else - { - xTaskResumeAll(); - } - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) -{ -portTickType xNextExpireTime; - - /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list - referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which - the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no - active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause - this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the - timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be - re-assessed. */ - *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ); - if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) - { - xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); - } - else - { - /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */ - xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; - } - - return xNextExpireTime; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) -{ -portTickType xTimeNow; -static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; - - xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount(); - - if( xTimeNow < xLastTime ) - { - prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime ); - *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE; - } - - xLastTime = xTimeNow; - - return xTimeNow; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) -{ -portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE; - - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime ); - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer ); - - if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow ) - { - /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a - timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */ - if( ( ( portTickType ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) - { - /* The time between a command being issued and the command being - processed actually exceeds the timers period. */ - xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - } - } - else - { - if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) ) - { - /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed - but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed - its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */ - xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE; - } - else - { - vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - } - } - - return xProcessTimerNow; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) -{ -xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage; -xTIMER *pxTimer; -portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult; -portTickType xTimeNow; - - /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but it - must be present in the function call. */ - xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched ); - - while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) - { - pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer; - - /* Is the timer already in a list of active timers? When the command - is trmCOMMAND_PROCESS_TIMER_OVERFLOW, the timer will be NULL as the - command is to the task rather than to an individual timer. */ - if( pxTimer != NULL ) - { - if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) - { - /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */ - vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - } - } - - traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue ); - - switch( xMessage.xMessageID ) - { - case tmrCOMMAND_START : - /* Start or restart a timer. */ - if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE ) - { - /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer - list. Process it now. */ - pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); - - if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) - { - xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); - configASSERT( xResult ); - ( void ) xResult; - } - } - break; - - case tmrCOMMAND_STOP : - /* The timer has already been removed from the active list. - There is nothing to do here. */ - break; - - case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD : - pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue; - configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) ); - prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow ); - break; - - case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE : - /* The timer has already been removed from the active list, - just free up the memory. */ - vPortFree( pxTimer ); - break; - - default : - /* Don't expect to get here. */ - break; - } - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) -{ -portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime; -xList *pxTemp; -xTIMER *pxTimer; -portBASE_TYPE xResult; - - /* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */ - ( void ) xLastTime; - - /* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched. - If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list - then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists - are switched. */ - while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE ) - { - xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); - - /* Remove the timer from the list. */ - pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); - vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - - /* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if - it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists - have not yet been switched. */ - pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); - - if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) - { - /* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in - the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired - and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is - processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent - to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after - the lists have been swapped. */ - xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ); - if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime ) - { - listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime ); - listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer ); - vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); - } - else - { - xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); - configASSERT( xResult ); - ( void ) xResult; - } - } - } - - pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList; - pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList; - pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) -{ - /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the - queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been - initialised. */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - if( xTimerQueue == NULL ) - { - vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 ); - vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 ); - pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1; - pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2; - xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) ); - } - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) -{ -portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList; -xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; - - /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */ - taskENTER_CRITICAL(); - { - /* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if - it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in - one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */ - xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) ); - } - taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); - - return xTimerIsInActiveList; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) -{ -xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; - - return pxTimer->pvTimerID; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured -to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer -functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ -#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */ diff --git a/ext/freertos/timers.h b/ext/freertos/timers.h deleted file mode 100644 index f1bcb0d884..0000000000 --- a/ext/freertos/timers.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,936 +0,0 @@ -/* - FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd. - - - FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by: - Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development - tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation. - See http://www.atollic.com - - - *************************************************************************** - * * - * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. * - * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also * - * available. * - * * - * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by * - * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an * - * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help * - * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing * - * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions * - * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! * - * * - * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< * - * * - * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! * - * * - *************************************************************************** - - - This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. - - FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under - the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the - Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception. - >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to - distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to - provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS - kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY - or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it - can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained - by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the - FreeRTOS WEB site. - - 1 tab == 4 spaces! - - http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and - contact details. - - http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety - critical systems. - - http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting, - licensing and training services. -*/ - - -#ifndef TIMERS_H -#define TIMERS_H - -#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H - #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h" -#endif - -#include "portable.h" -#include "list.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to -be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API, -as defined below. */ -#define tmrCOMMAND_START 0 -#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP 1 -#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD 2 -#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE 3 - -/*----------------------------------------------------------- - * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS - *----------------------------------------------------------*/ - - /** - * Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to - * xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to - * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions - * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.). - */ -typedef void * xTimerHandle; - -/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */ -typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer ); - -/** - * xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, - * portTickType xTimerPeriod, - * unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, - * void * pvTimerID, - * tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ); - * - * Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required - * by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a - * handle by which the new timer can be referenced. - * - * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), - * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and - * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the - * active state. - * - * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done - * purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by - * its handle, and never by its name. - * - * @param xTimerPeriod The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so - * the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been - * specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100 - * ticks, then xTimerPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer - * must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) - * provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000. - * - * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will - * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriod parameter. If - * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and - * enter the dormant state after it expires. - * - * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created. - * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which - * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one - * timer. - * - * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires. - * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK, - * which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTIMER *xTimer );". - * - * @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly - * created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either - * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer - * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned. - * - * Example usage: - * - * - * #define NUM_TIMERS 5 - * - * // An array to hold handles to the created timers. - * xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ]; - * - * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires. - * long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 }; - * - * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances. - * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the - * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired - * // 10 times. - * void vTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) - * { - * long lArrayIndex; - * const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10; - * - * // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL. - * configASSERT( pxTimer ); - * - * // Which timer expired? - * lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer ); - * - * // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired. - * lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1; - * - * // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running. - * if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping ) - * { - * // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a - * // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock! - * xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 ); - * } - * } - * - * void main( void ) - * { - * long x; - * - * // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler - * // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that - * // the scheduler starts. - * for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ ) - * { - * xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel. - * ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks. - * pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire. - * ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index. - * vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires. - * ); - * - * if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL ) - * { - * // The timer was not created. - * } - * else - * { - * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was - * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been - * // started. - * if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The timer could not be set into the Active state. - * } - * } - * } - * - * // ... - * // Create tasks here. - * // ... - * - * // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already - * // been set into the active state. - * xTaskStartScheduler(); - * - * // Should not reach here. - * for( ;; ); - * } - */ -xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ); - * - * Returns the ID assigned to the timer. - * - * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to - * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer. - * - * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer - * ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually - * expired. - * - * @param xTimer The timer being queried. - * - * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried. - * - * Example usage: - * - * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. - */ -void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ); - * - * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant. - * - * A timer will be dormant if: - * 1) It has been created but not started, or - * 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted. - * - * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), - * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and - * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the - * active state. - * - * @param xTimer The timer being queried. - * - * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than - * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. - * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer ) - * { - * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )" - * { - * // xTimer is active, do something. - * } - * else - * { - * // xTimer is not active, do something else. - * } - * } - */ -portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); - * - * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the - * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task - * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is - * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application - * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the - * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. - * - * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the - * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was - * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality - * to the xTimerReset() API function. - * - * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer - * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function - * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was - * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period. - * - * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but - * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is - * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is - * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called. - * - * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart() - * to be available. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted. - * - * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should - * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully - * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when - * xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called - * before the scheduler is started. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will - * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. - * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the - * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the - * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The - * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY - * configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. - * - */ -#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); - * - * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the - * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task - * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is - * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application - * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the - * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. - * - * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the - * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), - * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions. - * - * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state. - * - * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop() - * to be available. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped. - * - * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should - * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully - * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when - * xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called - * before the scheduler is started. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will - * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. - * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the - * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer - * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY - * configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. - * - */ -#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer, - * portTickType xNewPeriod, - * portTickType xBlockTime ); - * - * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the - * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task - * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is - * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application - * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the - * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. - * - * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously - * created using the xTimerCreate() API function. - * - * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or - * dormant state timer. - * - * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for - * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed. - * - * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in - * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time - * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must - * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, - * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to - * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than - * or equal to 1000. - * - * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should - * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be - * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be - * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if - * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be - * sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. - * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer - * command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the - * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the - * system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the - * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer - * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer - * // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is - * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is - * // started. - * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer ) - * { - * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )" - * { - * // xTimer is already active - delete it. - * xTimerDelete( xTimer ); - * } - * else - * { - * // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also - * // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the - * // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer - * // command queue. - * if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS ) - * { - * // The command was successfully sent. - * } - * else - * { - * // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks - * // to pass. Take appropriate action here. - * } - * } - * } - */ - #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); - * - * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the - * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task - * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is - * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application - * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the - * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. - * - * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the - * xTimerCreate() API function. - * - * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for - * xTimerDelete() to be available. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted. - * - * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should - * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be - * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be - * full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete() - * is called before the scheduler is started. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will - * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. - * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the - * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer - * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY - * configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario. - */ -#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); - * - * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the - * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task - * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is - * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application - * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the - * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. - * - * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the - * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was - * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to - * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was - * called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has - * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function. - * - * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer - * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function - * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was - * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period. - * - * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but - * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is - * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is - * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called. - * - * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset() - * to be available. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted. - * - * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should - * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully - * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when - * xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called - * before the scheduler is started. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will - * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. - * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the - * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the - * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The - * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY - * configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass - * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In - * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer. - * - * xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL; - * - * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the - * // parameter is not used. - * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) - * { - * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key - * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. - * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); - * } - * - * // The key press event handler. - * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey ) - * { - * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is - * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of - * // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent - * // if it cannot be sent immediately. - * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); - * if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate - * // action here. - * } - * - * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. - * } - * - * void main( void ) - * { - * long x; - * - * // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning - * // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period. - * xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel. - * ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks. - * pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer. - * 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value. - * vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off. - * ); - * - * if( xBacklightTimer == NULL ) - * { - * // The timer was not created. - * } - * else - * { - * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was - * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been - * // started. - * if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The timer could not be set into the Active state. - * } - * } - * - * // ... - * // Create tasks here. - * // ... - * - * // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already - * // been set into the active state. - * xTaskStartScheduler(); - * - * // Should not reach here. - * for( ;; ); - * } - */ -#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, - * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); - * - * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service - * routine. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most - * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer - * command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer - * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon - * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the - * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ - * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing - * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will - * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If - * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should - * be performed before the interrupt exits. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was - * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually - * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task - * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is - * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon - * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a - * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass - * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In - * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for - * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt - * // service routine. - * - * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the - * // parameter is not used. - * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) - * { - * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key - * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. - * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); - * } - * - * // The key press interrupt service routine. - * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void ) - * { - * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; - * - * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is - * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of - * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only - * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR". - * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); - * - * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here - * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time. - * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was - * // declared (in this function). - * if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate - * // action here. - * } - * - * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. - * - * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch - * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch - * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to - * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the - * // actual syntax required. - * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) - * { - * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function - * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. - * } - * } - */ -#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, - * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); - * - * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service - * routine. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most - * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer - * command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer - * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon - * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the - * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ - * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing - * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will - * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If - * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should - * be performed before the interrupt exits. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was - * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually - * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task - * relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task - * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When - * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped. - * - * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer. - * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void ) - * { - * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; - * - * // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer. - * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined - * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only - * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used. - * if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate - * // action here. - * } - * - * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch - * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch - * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to - * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the - * // actual syntax required. - * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) - * { - * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function - * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. - * } - * } - */ -#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, - * portTickType xNewPeriod, - * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); - * - * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt - * service routine. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed. - * - * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in - * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time - * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must - * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, - * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to - * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than - * or equal to 1000. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most - * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer - * command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the - * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/ - * daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() - * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the - * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the - * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then - * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the - * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets - * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the - * interrupt exits. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period - * could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the - * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command - * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon - * task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task - * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When - * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms. - * - * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer. - * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void ) - * { - * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; - * - * // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms. - * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined - * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only - * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used. - * if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The command to change the timers period was not executed - * // successfully. Take appropriate action here. - * } - * - * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch - * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch - * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to - * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the - * // actual syntax required. - * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) - * { - * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function - * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. - * } - * } - */ -#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) - -/** - * portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, - * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); - * - * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service - * routine. - * - * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or - * restarted. - * - * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most - * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer - * command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer - * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon - * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the - * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ - * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing - * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will - * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If - * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should - * be performed before the interrupt exits. - * - * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to - * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was - * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually - * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task - * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is - * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon - * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. - * - * Example usage: - * - * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a - * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass - * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In - * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for - * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt - * // service routine. - * - * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the - * // parameter is not used. - * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer ) - * { - * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key - * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. - * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); - * } - * - * // The key press interrupt service routine. - * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void ) - * { - * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; - * - * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is - * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of - * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only - * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR". - * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); - * - * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here - * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time. - * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was - * // declared (in this function). - * if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) - * { - * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate - * // action here. - * } - * - * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. - * - * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch - * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch - * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to - * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the - * // actual syntax required. - * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) - * { - * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function - * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. - * } - * } - */ -#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) - -/* - * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended - * for use by the kernel only. - */ -portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; -portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -#endif /* TIMERS_H */ - - - From b6ca9374c255e98f15d1224a0ebf2c29461cd310 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Niklas Hauser Date: Fri, 26 Apr 2019 22:05:33 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 2/5] [ext] Add a:FreeRTOS module and port --- .gitmodules | 3 + .../rtos/float_check/main.cpp | 2 +- ext/aws/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in | 147 ++++++++++++++++++ ext/aws/freertos | 1 + ext/aws/modm_port.cpp | 12 ++ ext/aws/module.lb | 68 ++++++++ src/modm/architecture/interface/assert.h | 4 - 7 files changed, 232 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) create mode 100644 ext/aws/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in create mode 160000 ext/aws/freertos create mode 100644 ext/aws/modm_port.cpp create mode 100644 ext/aws/module.lb diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules index 5f04464b93..e61fd81e5b 100644 --- a/.gitmodules +++ b/.gitmodules @@ -19,3 +19,6 @@ [submodule "ext/mpaland/printf"] path = ext/mpaland/printf url = https://github.com/modm-ext/printf.git +[submodule "ext/aws/freertos"] + path = ext/aws/freertos + url = https://github.com/modm-ext/freertos-partial.git diff --git a/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp b/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp index 8fb81e47a3..2dbab9ff3b 100644 --- a/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp +++ b/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class P: modm::rtos::Thread { void run() { Gpio::setOutput(); while (1) { - sleep(SleepTime); + sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); Gpio::toggle(); Usart2::writeBlocking(i + c); diff --git a/ext/aws/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in b/ext/aws/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f8a8c5892 --- /dev/null +++ b/ext/aws/FreeRTOSConfig.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1 + * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * Copyright (C) 2018 Niklas Hauser + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H +#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H + +/* Here is a good place to include header files that are required across +your application. */ +#include +#include +#include + +// declared in modm:platform:clock +modm_extern_c uint32_t _ZN4modm5clock4fcpuE; + +#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1 +#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION {{ ("m0" not in core) | int }} +#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0 +#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( _ZN4modm5clock4fcpuE ) +#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( {{ options["::frequency"] }} ) +#define configMAX_PRIORITIES 5 +#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE 128 +#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 +#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0 +#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 +#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1 +#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1 +#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1 +#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1 +#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 10 +#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0 +#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 0 +#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0 +#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 0 +#define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 5 + + +/* Memory allocation related definitions. */ +#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 0 +#define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION 1 +#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE 0 // modm provides heap +#define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 1 + +/* Hook function related definitions. */ +#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0 +// used by modm:platform:clock for modm::Clock::increment(): vApplicationTickHook() +#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 1 +#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 1 +#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 // modm provides heap assertions +#define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK 0 + +/* Run time and task stats gathering related definitions. */ +#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 +#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0 +#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0 + +/* Co-routine related definitions. */ +#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 +#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES 1 + +/* Software timer related definitions. */ +#define configUSE_TIMERS 1 +#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY 3 +#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH 10 +#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE + +/* Define to trap errors during development. */ +#define configASSERT( x ) { modm_assert((x), "freertos", __FILE__, MODM_STRINGIFY(__LINE__)); } + +/* FreeRTOS MPU specific definitions. */ +#define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0 + +/* Optional functions - most linkers will remove unused functions anyway. */ +#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1 +#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1 +#define INCLUDE_xResumeFromISR 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 1 +#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0 +#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0 +#define INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR 1 +#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay 0 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle 0 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 + + +/* __NVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */ +#define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS + +/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority" +function. */ +#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15 + +/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service +routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions. DO NOT CALL +INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER +PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */ +#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 4 + +/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself. These are generic +to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */ +#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) ) +/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!! +See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */ +#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) ) + +/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS +standard names. */ +#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler +#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler +#define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler + +/* A header file that defines trace macro can be included here. */ + +#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */ + diff --git a/ext/aws/freertos b/ext/aws/freertos new file mode 160000 index 0000000000..ac05c153ff --- /dev/null +++ b/ext/aws/freertos @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Subproject commit ac05c153fffce3f074a8cd54724fc3dc1d75b69f diff --git a/ext/aws/modm_port.cpp b/ext/aws/modm_port.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..099adfd3a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ext/aws/modm_port.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +#include +#include +#include + +extern "C" void vApplicationStackOverflowHook(TaskHandle_t, const char *); + +void vApplicationStackOverflowHook(TaskHandle_t /*pxTask*/, const char *pcTaskName) +{ + modm_assert(false, "freertos", "stack", "overflow", pcTaskName); +} diff --git a/ext/aws/module.lb b/ext/aws/module.lb new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad3700d9f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ext/aws/module.lb @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env python3 +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Copyright (c) 2016-2017, Niklas Hauser +# Copyright (c) 2017, Fabian Greif +# +# This file is part of the modm project. +# +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +def init(module): + module.name = "freertos" + module.description = """\ +# a:FreeRTOS + +Amazon FreeRTOS port for modm to be used with via the `modm:processing:rtos` module. +""" + +def prepare(module, options): + device = options[":target"] + core = device.get_driver("core") + if not (core and core["type"].startswith("cortex-m")): + return False + + module.add_option( + NumericOption( + name="frequency", + description="Context switch frequency in Hz", + minimum=1, maximum=1000, + default=1000)) + + module.depends( + ":architecture:assert", + ":cmsis:device", + ":platform:clock") + + return True + +def build(env): + # Figure out the core and correct path in portable/ + core = env[":target"].get_driver("core")["type"] + env.substitutions = {"core": core} + path = core.replace("cortex-m", "ARM_CM").replace("+", "").replace("fd", "").upper() + path = path.replace("CM7F", "CM7/r0p1") # use subfolder for M7 + path = "freertos/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/{}".format(path) + + env.outbasepath = "modm/ext" + # Copy our own modm-specific port + env.copy("modm_port.cpp", "freertos/modm_port.cpp") + # Copy the entire source folder, minus portable folder and some files. + env.copy("freertos/FreeRTOS/Source", "freertos", + ignore=env.ignore_files("*.txt", "*.readme", "portable", "include")) + env.copy("freertos/FreeRTOS/Source/include", "freertos/inc/freertos") + # Copy the port.c file + env.copy("{}/port.c".format(path), "freertos/port.c") + # Copy the portmacro.h file + env.copy("{}/portmacro.h".format(path), "freertos/inc/freertos/portmacro.h") + # Copy the head_3.c file that just wraps the libc malloc + env.copy("freertos/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c", "freertos/heap_3.c") + + # Generate the FreeRTOSConfig.h file + env.template("FreeRTOSConfig.h.in", "freertos/inc/freertos/FreeRTOSConfig.h") + + env.collect(":build:path.include", "modm/ext/freertos/inc/freertos") + env.collect(":build:path.include", "modm/ext/freertos/inc") diff --git a/src/modm/architecture/interface/assert.h b/src/modm/architecture/interface/assert.h index c9924b14d8..cadaba34ae 100644 --- a/src/modm/architecture/interface/assert.h +++ b/src/modm/architecture/interface/assert.h @@ -13,10 +13,6 @@ #ifndef MODM_ASSERT_H #define MODM_ASSERT_H -#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(MODM_ASSERT_HPP) -# error "Don't include this file directly, use 'assert.hpp' instead!" -#endif - #include #include #include From 7b8dd40ca1fa61fb091a64de54acd3ea95de64a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Niklas Hauser Date: Fri, 26 Apr 2019 22:08:08 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 3/5] [clock] Update SysTick module for a:FreeRTOS --- src/modm/platform/clock/systick/module.lb | 5 ++-- .../clock/systick/systick_timer.cpp.in | 29 ++++++++----------- 2 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/module.lb b/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/module.lb index a9394e402c..fc19ab5f04 100644 --- a/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/module.lb +++ b/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/module.lb @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ def prepare(module, options): return True def validate(env): - if (env.get(":freertos:frequency", 1000) % 1000 != 0): - raise ValidateException("SysTick frequency must be a multiple of 1000Hz!") + if (1000 % env.get(":freertos:frequency", 1000) != 0): + raise ValidateException("FreeRTOS frequency must cleanly divide 1kHz for modm::Clock!") def build(env): device = env[":target"] @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ def build(env): properties["driver"] = driver properties["core"] = driver["type"] properties["systick_frequency"] = env.get(":freertos:frequency", 1000) + properties["has_freertos"] = env.has_module(":freertos") env.substitutions = properties env.outbasepath = "modm/src/modm/platform/clock" diff --git a/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/systick_timer.cpp.in b/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/systick_timer.cpp.in index 67de889ba0..53c0f2a8ff 100644 --- a/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/systick_timer.cpp.in +++ b/src/modm/platform/clock/systick/systick_timer.cpp.in @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * Copyright (c) 2013, Kevin Läufer - * Copyright (c) 2014-2017, Niklas Hauser + * Copyright (c) 2014-2019, Niklas Hauser * Copyright (c) 2017, Fabian Greif * * This file is part of the modm project. @@ -18,22 +18,15 @@ #include "systick_timer.hpp" static modm::platform::InterruptHandler sysTickHandler(nullptr); -%% if systick_frequency > 1000 -static uint8_t counter; -%% endif extern "C" void -SysTick_Handler(void) -{ -%% if systick_frequency > 1000 - if (--counter == 0) - { - modm::Clock::increment(); - counter = {{ systick_frequency // 1000 }}; - } +%% if has_freertos +vApplicationTickHook() %% else - modm::Clock::increment(); +SysTick_Handler(void) %% endif +{ + modm::Clock::increment({{ 1000 // systick_frequency }}); if (sysTickHandler) sysTickHandler(); } @@ -41,10 +34,7 @@ SysTick_Handler(void) void modm::platform::SysTickTimer::enable(uint32_t reload) { -%% if systick_frequency > 1000 - counter = {{ systick_frequency // 1000 }}; -%% endif - +%% if not has_freertos SysTick->LOAD = reload; // Lower systick interrupt priority to lowest level NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, 0xf); @@ -54,12 +44,17 @@ modm::platform::SysTickTimer::enable(uint32_t reload) SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk | SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk | SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +%% else + static_cast(reload); +%% endif } void modm::platform::SysTickTimer::disable() { +%% if not has_freertos SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk; +%% endif } // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- From 05721f366a46aac939364e147dd2d352a15db217 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Niklas Hauser Date: Fri, 26 Apr 2019 23:39:04 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 4/5] [rtos] Update processing module for a:FreeRTOS --- src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.cpp | 2 +- src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.hpp | 4 ++-- src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.cpp | 8 ++++---- src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.hpp | 18 +++++++++--------- .../processing/rtos/freertos/scheduler.hpp | 2 +- .../processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.cpp | 2 +- .../processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.hpp | 4 ++-- src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.cpp | 2 +- src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.hpp | 12 ++++++------ 9 files changed, 27 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.cpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.cpp index 0f906c8848..030b69411d 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.cpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ modm::rtos::Mutex::~Mutex() // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool -modm::rtos::Mutex::acquire(portTickType timeout) +modm::rtos::Mutex::acquire(TickType_t timeout) { return (xSemaphoreTake(this->handle, timeout) == pdTRUE); } diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.hpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.hpp index 05868d0a09..594beb138f 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.hpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/mutex.hpp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ namespace modm ~Mutex(); bool - acquire(portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY); + acquire(TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY); void release(); @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ namespace modm Mutex& operator = (const Mutex& other); - xSemaphoreHandle handle; + SemaphoreHandle_t handle; }; /** diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.cpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.cpp index b8a1cabbf7..c8d73111c8 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.cpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.cpp @@ -27,25 +27,25 @@ modm::rtos::QueueBase::~QueueBase() // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool -modm::rtos::QueueBase::append(const void *item, portTickType timeout) +modm::rtos::QueueBase::append(const void *item, TickType_t timeout) { return (xQueueSendToBack(this->handle, item, timeout) == pdTRUE); } bool -modm::rtos::QueueBase::prepend(const void *item, portTickType timeout) +modm::rtos::QueueBase::prepend(const void *item, TickType_t timeout) { return (xQueueSendToFront(this->handle, item, timeout) == pdTRUE); } bool -modm::rtos::QueueBase::peek(void *item, portTickType timeout) const +modm::rtos::QueueBase::peek(void *item, TickType_t timeout) const { return (xQueuePeek(this->handle, item, timeout) == pdTRUE); } bool -modm::rtos::QueueBase::get(void *item, portTickType timeout) +modm::rtos::QueueBase::get(void *item, TickType_t timeout) { return (xQueueReceive(this->handle, item, timeout) == pdTRUE); } diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.hpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.hpp index 748159240d..ed9f06a412 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.hpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/queue.hpp @@ -55,16 +55,16 @@ namespace modm * routine. Use appendFromInterrupt() for this purpose. */ bool - append(const void *item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY); + append(const void *item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY); bool - prepend(const void *item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY); + prepend(const void *item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY); bool - peek(void *item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY) const; + peek(void *item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY) const; bool - get(void *item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY); + get(void *item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY); bool appendFromInterrupt(const void *item); @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ namespace modm getFromInterrupt(void *item); protected: - xQueueHandle handle; + QueueHandle_t handle; private: // disable copy constructor @@ -105,25 +105,25 @@ namespace modm using QueueBase::getSize; inline bool - append(const T& item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY) + append(const T& item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY) { return QueueBase::append(&item, timeout); } inline bool - prepend(const T& item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY) + prepend(const T& item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY) { return QueueBase::prepend(&item, timeout); } inline bool - peek(T& item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY) + peek(T& item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY) { return QueueBase::peek(&item, timeout); } inline bool - get(T& item, portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY) + get(T& item, TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY) { return QueueBase::get(&item, timeout); } diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/scheduler.hpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/scheduler.hpp index 1d5e32f280..98d4a71a3a 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/scheduler.hpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/scheduler.hpp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ namespace modm } /// The count of ticks since Scheduler::schedule() was called - static inline portTickType + static inline TickType_t getTicks() { return xTaskGetTickCount(); diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.cpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.cpp index 2abc5dcbfa..5872d5201f 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.cpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ modm::rtos::SemaphoreBase::~SemaphoreBase() // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool -modm::rtos::SemaphoreBase::acquire(portTickType timeout) +modm::rtos::SemaphoreBase::acquire(TickType_t timeout) { return (xSemaphoreTake(this->handle, timeout) == pdTRUE); diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.hpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.hpp index 5b64316761..237f6b7f28 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.hpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/semaphore.hpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace modm * 'take' or 'wait' in other implementations. */ bool - acquire(portTickType timeout = portMAX_DELAY); + acquire(TickType_t timeout = portMAX_DELAY); /** * \brief Release the semaphore @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace modm { } - xSemaphoreHandle handle; + SemaphoreHandle_t handle; private: // disable copy constructor diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.cpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.cpp index 3288cc472e..d5bf95c96c 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.cpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.cpp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ modm::rtos::Thread::Thread(uint32_t priority, { xTaskCreate( &wrapper, - (const signed char*) name, + name ? name : "anon", (stackDepth / 4) + 1, this, priority, diff --git a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.hpp b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.hpp index 6512237e1d..c516e723cd 100644 --- a/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.hpp +++ b/src/modm/processing/rtos/freertos/thread.hpp @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ * \ingroup modm_processing_rtos */ #define TIME_LOOP(frequency) \ - for(portTickType lastTime = xTaskGetTickCount() ; \ + for(TickType_t lastTime = xTaskGetTickCount() ; \ vTaskDelayUntil(&lastTime, \ - static_cast(frequency)), true ; \ + static_cast(frequency)), true ; \ ) /** @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ * * For non constant value use the following formula: * \code - * static_cast((time * configTICK_RATE_HZ) / 1000) + * static_cast((time * configTICK_RATE_HZ) / 1000) * \endcode * The parentheses are important because otherwise the division might be done * first which will lead to wrong results. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ namespace modm */ Thread(uint32_t priority = 0, uint16_t stackDepth = minimalStackSize, - const char* name = NULL); + const char* name = nullptr); /// Delete the thread virtual ~Thread(); @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ namespace modm * \see MILLISECONDS */ static inline void - sleep(portTickType ticks) + sleep(TickType_t ticks) { vTaskDelay(ticks); } @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ namespace modm Thread& operator = (const Thread& other); - xTaskHandle handle; + TaskHandle_t handle; }; } } From 6768f8700edd389114171efb361e5c25d7e76ef1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Niklas Hauser Date: Thu, 9 May 2019 02:01:39 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 5/5] [examples] Add a:FreeRTOS examples for all Cortex-M ports --- examples/README.md | 2 +- examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/main.cpp | 80 +++++++++++++ examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/project.xml | 10 ++ examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/main.cpp | 80 +++++++++++++ examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/project.xml | 10 ++ examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/main.cpp | 80 +++++++++++++ examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/project.xml | 10 ++ examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/main.cpp | 80 +++++++++++++ examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/project.xml | 10 ++ .../rtos/float_check/main.cpp | 111 ------------------ .../rtos/float_check/project.xml | 12 -- examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/main.cpp | 80 +++++++++++++ .../stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/project.xml | 10 ++ 13 files changed, 451 insertions(+), 124 deletions(-) create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/main.cpp create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/project.xml create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/main.cpp create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/project.xml create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/main.cpp create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/project.xml create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/main.cpp create mode 100644 examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/project.xml delete mode 100644 examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp delete mode 100644 examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/project.xml create mode 100644 examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/main.cpp create mode 100644 examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/project.xml diff --git a/examples/README.md b/examples/README.md index 73183a320a..dd1db80ac9 100644 --- a/examples/README.md +++ b/examples/README.md @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ make gdb ## Interesting Examples -We have a lot of examples, 171 to be +We have a lot of examples, 175 to be exact, but here are some of our favorite examples for our supported development boards: diff --git a/examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/main.cpp b/examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a194da8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014, Georgi Grinshpun + * Copyright (c) 2014, Sascha Schade + * Copyright (c) 2015-2017, 2019 Niklas Hauser + * + * This file is part of the modm project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include +#include + +using namespace modm::platform; +using namespace modm::literals; + +/** + * This example uses four threads to check if task switching works correctly. + * + * What to expect? + * --------------- + * - All our LEDs blinking at different rates, about 3 to 4 Hz + * - A string at 115200 baud + * + * 0aA!1bB"2cC#3dD$4eE%5fF&6gG'7hH(8iI9)jJ0*aA1!bB2"cC + * + * Each thread prints out a sequence + * 0123456789 + * abcdefghij + * ABCDEFGHIJ + * !"#$%&'()* + * respectivly. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +template +class P: modm::rtos::Thread +{ + char c; + uint8_t i = 0; + volatile float a = 10.f; +public: + P(char c): Thread(2,1<<10), c(c) {} + + void run() + { + Gpio::setOutput(); + while (1) + { + sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); + + Gpio::toggle(); + { + static modm::rtos::Mutex lm; + modm::rtos::MutexGuard m(lm); + MODM_LOG_INFO << char(i + c); + } + i = (i+1)%10; + a *= 3.141f; + } + } +}; + +P< Board::LedD13, 260 > p1('0'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 10 > p2('a'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 20 > p3('A'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 30 > p4('!'); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int +main() +{ + Board::initialize(); + modm::rtos::Scheduler::schedule(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/project.xml b/examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/project.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35a327cefc --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_f103rb/rtos/project.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + modm:nucleo-f103rb + + + + + modm:processing:rtos + modm:build:scons + + diff --git a/examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/main.cpp b/examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a194da8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014, Georgi Grinshpun + * Copyright (c) 2014, Sascha Schade + * Copyright (c) 2015-2017, 2019 Niklas Hauser + * + * This file is part of the modm project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include +#include + +using namespace modm::platform; +using namespace modm::literals; + +/** + * This example uses four threads to check if task switching works correctly. + * + * What to expect? + * --------------- + * - All our LEDs blinking at different rates, about 3 to 4 Hz + * - A string at 115200 baud + * + * 0aA!1bB"2cC#3dD$4eE%5fF&6gG'7hH(8iI9)jJ0*aA1!bB2"cC + * + * Each thread prints out a sequence + * 0123456789 + * abcdefghij + * ABCDEFGHIJ + * !"#$%&'()* + * respectivly. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +template +class P: modm::rtos::Thread +{ + char c; + uint8_t i = 0; + volatile float a = 10.f; +public: + P(char c): Thread(2,1<<10), c(c) {} + + void run() + { + Gpio::setOutput(); + while (1) + { + sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); + + Gpio::toggle(); + { + static modm::rtos::Mutex lm; + modm::rtos::MutexGuard m(lm); + MODM_LOG_INFO << char(i + c); + } + i = (i+1)%10; + a *= 3.141f; + } + } +}; + +P< Board::LedD13, 260 > p1('0'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 10 > p2('a'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 20 > p3('A'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 30 > p4('!'); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int +main() +{ + Board::initialize(); + modm::rtos::Scheduler::schedule(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/project.xml b/examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/project.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5285f4c8be --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_f303k8/rtos/project.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + modm:nucleo-f303k8 + + + + + modm:processing:rtos + modm:build:scons + + diff --git a/examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/main.cpp b/examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a194da8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014, Georgi Grinshpun + * Copyright (c) 2014, Sascha Schade + * Copyright (c) 2015-2017, 2019 Niklas Hauser + * + * This file is part of the modm project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include +#include + +using namespace modm::platform; +using namespace modm::literals; + +/** + * This example uses four threads to check if task switching works correctly. + * + * What to expect? + * --------------- + * - All our LEDs blinking at different rates, about 3 to 4 Hz + * - A string at 115200 baud + * + * 0aA!1bB"2cC#3dD$4eE%5fF&6gG'7hH(8iI9)jJ0*aA1!bB2"cC + * + * Each thread prints out a sequence + * 0123456789 + * abcdefghij + * ABCDEFGHIJ + * !"#$%&'()* + * respectivly. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +template +class P: modm::rtos::Thread +{ + char c; + uint8_t i = 0; + volatile float a = 10.f; +public: + P(char c): Thread(2,1<<10), c(c) {} + + void run() + { + Gpio::setOutput(); + while (1) + { + sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); + + Gpio::toggle(); + { + static modm::rtos::Mutex lm; + modm::rtos::MutexGuard m(lm); + MODM_LOG_INFO << char(i + c); + } + i = (i+1)%10; + a *= 3.141f; + } + } +}; + +P< Board::LedD13, 260 > p1('0'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 10 > p2('a'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 20 > p3('A'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 30 > p4('!'); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int +main() +{ + Board::initialize(); + modm::rtos::Scheduler::schedule(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/project.xml b/examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/project.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14f5e405a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_f411re/rtos/project.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + modm:nucleo-f411re + + + + + modm:processing:rtos + modm:build:scons + + diff --git a/examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/main.cpp b/examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a194da8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014, Georgi Grinshpun + * Copyright (c) 2014, Sascha Schade + * Copyright (c) 2015-2017, 2019 Niklas Hauser + * + * This file is part of the modm project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include +#include + +using namespace modm::platform; +using namespace modm::literals; + +/** + * This example uses four threads to check if task switching works correctly. + * + * What to expect? + * --------------- + * - All our LEDs blinking at different rates, about 3 to 4 Hz + * - A string at 115200 baud + * + * 0aA!1bB"2cC#3dD$4eE%5fF&6gG'7hH(8iI9)jJ0*aA1!bB2"cC + * + * Each thread prints out a sequence + * 0123456789 + * abcdefghij + * ABCDEFGHIJ + * !"#$%&'()* + * respectivly. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +template +class P: modm::rtos::Thread +{ + char c; + uint8_t i = 0; + volatile float a = 10.f; +public: + P(char c): Thread(2,1<<10), c(c) {} + + void run() + { + Gpio::setOutput(); + while (1) + { + sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); + + Gpio::toggle(); + { + static modm::rtos::Mutex lm; + modm::rtos::MutexGuard m(lm); + MODM_LOG_INFO << char(i + c); + } + i = (i+1)%10; + a *= 3.141f; + } + } +}; + +P< Board::LedD13, 260 > p1('0'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 10 > p2('a'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 20 > p3('A'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 30 > p4('!'); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int +main() +{ + Board::initialize(); + modm::rtos::Scheduler::schedule(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/project.xml b/examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/project.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..979da8653a --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/nucleo_g071rb/rtos/project.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + modm:nucleo-g071rb + + + + + modm:processing:rtos + modm:build:scons + + diff --git a/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp b/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2dbab9ff3b..0000000000 --- a/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/main.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014, Georgi Grinshpun - * Copyright (c) 2014, Sascha Schade - * Copyright (c) 2015-2017, Niklas Hauser - * - * This file is part of the modm project. - * - * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - */ -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include -#include - -using namespace modm::platform; -using namespace modm::literals; - -/** - * Check FPU support in FreeRTOS for STM32F4. - * - * FreeRTOS included in modm had no out of the box support for FPU. - * FPU support was added manually. - * - * This example uses four threads to check if task switching still works when - * the FPU is used. - * - * How to test? - * ------------ - * - Use STM32F4 Discovery Board - * - Compile and program (scons program) - * - Connect UART at PA2 - * - * What to expect? - * --------------- - * - All our LEDs blinking at different rates, about 3 to 4 Hz - * - A string at PA2 at 115200 baud - * - * 0aA!1bB"2cC#3dD$4eE%5fF&6gG'7hH(8iI9)jJ0*aA1!bB2"cC - * - * Each thread prints out a sequence - * 0123456789 - * abcdefghij - * ABCDEFGHIJ - * !"#$%&'()* - * respectivly. - * - * What can fail? - * -------------- - * When FreeRTOS is not compiled without STM32F4XX flag the support for the - * extended stack frame is missing in FreeRTOS. Then the device crashes - * in the first context switch. So the output '0' or nothing is expected. - * - */ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -template -class P: modm::rtos::Thread { -private: - char c; - int i; - - // volatile so the the compiler does not optimise out this operation - volatile float a = 1.0; -public: - P(char c): - Thread(2,1<<10), - c(c) - { - - } - void run() { - Gpio::setOutput(); - while (1) { - sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); - - Gpio::toggle(); - Usart2::writeBlocking(i + c); - - i = (i+1)%10; - - // Do some float calculation. - a = a*10.0; - } - } -}; - -P< GpioD12, 260 > p1('0'); -P< GpioD13, 260 + 10 > p2('a'); -P< GpioD14, 260 + 20 > p3('A'); -P< GpioD15, 260 + 30 > p4('!'); - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -int -main() -{ - Board::initialize(); - - Usart2::connect(); - Usart2::initialize(); - - while (1) - { - modm::rtos::Scheduler::schedule(); - } - - // should not get here! - return 0; -} diff --git a/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/project.xml b/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/project.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a9596e0287..0000000000 --- a/examples/stm32f4_discovery/rtos/float_check/project.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - - modm:disco-f407vg - - - - - modm:platform:gpio - modm:platform:uart:2 - modm:processing:rtos - modm:build:scons - - diff --git a/examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/main.cpp b/examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a194da8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014, Georgi Grinshpun + * Copyright (c) 2014, Sascha Schade + * Copyright (c) 2015-2017, 2019 Niklas Hauser + * + * This file is part of the modm project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include +#include + +using namespace modm::platform; +using namespace modm::literals; + +/** + * This example uses four threads to check if task switching works correctly. + * + * What to expect? + * --------------- + * - All our LEDs blinking at different rates, about 3 to 4 Hz + * - A string at 115200 baud + * + * 0aA!1bB"2cC#3dD$4eE%5fF&6gG'7hH(8iI9)jJ0*aA1!bB2"cC + * + * Each thread prints out a sequence + * 0123456789 + * abcdefghij + * ABCDEFGHIJ + * !"#$%&'()* + * respectivly. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +template +class P: modm::rtos::Thread +{ + char c; + uint8_t i = 0; + volatile float a = 10.f; +public: + P(char c): Thread(2,1<<10), c(c) {} + + void run() + { + Gpio::setOutput(); + while (1) + { + sleep(SleepTime * MILLISECONDS); + + Gpio::toggle(); + { + static modm::rtos::Mutex lm; + modm::rtos::MutexGuard m(lm); + MODM_LOG_INFO << char(i + c); + } + i = (i+1)%10; + a *= 3.141f; + } + } +}; + +P< Board::LedD13, 260 > p1('0'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 10 > p2('a'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 20 > p3('A'); +P< Board::LedD13, 260 + 30 > p4('!'); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int +main() +{ + Board::initialize(); + modm::rtos::Scheduler::schedule(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/project.xml b/examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/project.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eccc53d236 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/stm32f746g_discovery/rtos/project.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + modm:disco-f746ng + + + + + modm:processing:rtos + modm:build:scons + +